Script | Spoken-Tutorial - User contributions [en]

DSpace

2021-10-11T15:41:45Z

Pankajpatil694:

DSpace is a free and open source repository software package, generally used for creating and managing repositories of digital content. DSpace is very useful as an Institutional Repository. DSpace is developed by joint efforts between MIT and HP Labs. Currently, DuraSpace leads the updates and enhancements of DSpace software. Basically, DSpace is a digital archival system which has the best features of content management systems and document management systems. DSpace is used for long-term storage, access and preservation of digital content. It runs on operating systems such as Linux, Ubuntu, Solaris, Windows and Unix. Important features of DSpace: Free and open source software Completely customizable repository to fit user needs Manage and preserve all format of digital content Apache SOLR based search for metadata and full text contents UTF-8 Support Interface available in many languages Granular group based access control, allowing setting permissions down to the level of individual files Optimized for Google Scholar indexing Integration with systems like BASE, CORE, OpenAIRE, Unpaywall and WorldCat User Interface available in JSPUI and XMLUI REST APIs available for integration with other applications.

__TOC__

===Basic Level===

# Overview of DSpace
#* About DSpace
#* Features of DSpace
#* Usage of DSpace
#* Notable DSpace Repositories
#* Dublin Core Metadata Standard
#* DC Elements
#* The content available in various tutorials in this series
#* DSpace Installation and Customization on Windows 10
#* DSpace Installation and Customization on Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04
#* Common Tutorials on using Dspace as Digital Repository
==== DSpace Installation and Configuration on Windows 10 ====
# Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10
#* Install software packages
#* JDK8 Maven 3.6.3
#* Ant 1.10.9
#* Git 2.29.2.2
#* Set Environment and Path Variables
#* JDK8
#* Maven 3.6.3
#* Ant 1.10.9
#* Verification of Environment and Path Variables
# Setting up Tomcat and Postgresql on Windows 10
#* Download Tomcat8
#* Installation of Tomcat8
#* Configuration of Tomcat8
#* Download Postgresql 11.10
#* Installation of Postgresql 11.10
#* Connect to database server using PgAdmin4
#* Create dspace database user
#* Create dspace database
#* Set dspace database owner
#* Create pgcrypto extension for dspace database
# DSpace Installation on Windows 10 OS
#* Download DSpace source code
#* Set Sever configurations
#* Set Database configuration
#* Build DSpace source code
#* DSpace installation
#* Create DSpace administrator
#* Deploy DSpace on tomcat server
#* Verify DSpace installation
#* Create DSpace administrator account
#* DSpace administrator login
# Email Configuration for DSpace on Windows OS
#* Need of Email settings
#* SMTP Services
#* Configuration of Email settings in dspace.cfg file
#* mail.server
#* mail credentials
#* mail.server.port
#* Valid emails for from address, feedback
#* Batch script for DSpace Rebuild
#* Enable less secure app access
#* Send test email
# Customization of DSpace home page (on Windows 10)
#* Sections of DSpace Home page
#* Changing logos
#* Navigation bar logo
#* Banner logo
#* Properties of logos
#* Edit Messages.Properties file
#* Edit banner text
#* Styling of UI Text
#* Edit top news
#* Edit sidebar news
==== DSpace Installation and Configuration on Ubuntu Linux 18.04 ====
# Getting ready for DSpace Installation
#* Hardware requirements for DSpace
#* System Update
#* Create new system user - dspace
#* Installation of openjdk 8
#* Installation of git, maven and ant
#* Installation and configuration of Tomcat 8
#* Installation of postgresql 10
#* Configuration of postgresql
#* Create dspace database
#* Set directory and file permissions
# DSpace Installation on Ubuntu Linux OS
#* Download DSpace source code
#* Set Sever configurations
#* Set Database configurations
#* Build DSpace source code
#* DSpace installation
#* Create DSpace administrator
#* Deploy DSpace on tomcat server
#* Verify DSpace installation
#* Create DSpace administrator account
#* DSpace administrator login
# Email configuration for DSpace
#* Need of Email settings
#* SMTP Services
#* Configuration of Email settings in dspace.cfg file
#* Mail.server
#* mail credentials
#* Mail.server.port
#* Valid emails for from address, feedback
#* Shell script for DSpace Rebuild
#* Enable less secure app access
#* Send test email
# Customization of DSpace Home page on Ubuntu Linux OS
#* Sections of Home page
#* Changing logos
#* Navigation bar logo
#* Banner logo
#* Properties of logos
#* Edit Messages.Properties file
#* Edit banner text
#* Styling of UI Text
#* Edit top news
#* Edit sidebar news
==== DSpace common tutorials for Ubuntu Linux & Windows ====
# User Registration in DSpace
#* Email verification of anonymous user
#* User registration
#* Edit user profile
#* Roles in DSpace
#* EPerson
#* Administrator
#* Anonymous user
#* Community administrator
#* Collection administrator
#* Submitter
#* Reviewer
# Managing DSpace user accounts
#* Manage EPersons
#* Register EPerson
#* Edit EPerson
#* Delete EPerson
#* Groups in DSpace
#* Authority of Groups
#* Default and Custom Groups
#* Create Group
#* Manage Group
#* Add EPerson to Group
#* Remove EPerson from Group
# Create Community and Sub-community in DSpace
#* Community in DSpace
#* Community Metadata
#* Manage Community
#* Create Community
#* Edit Community
#* Delete Community
#* Admin Tools
#* Create Sub-community
#* Community Administrator
#* Verify Community
#* Verify Sub-community
# Create Collection in DSpace
#* Collection in DSpace
#* Collection Metadata
#* Item Submission Workflow
#* Manage Collection
#* Create Collection
#* Edit Collection
#* Delete Collection
#* Item Submission Authorization
#* Item Review Authorization
#* Collection Administrator
# Item Submission in DSpace
#* Item in DSpace
#* Metadata for Item
#* Item submission
#* Enter Metadata
#* File upload for Item
#* Verify uploaded files
#* Verify metadata
#* Distribution License
#* Item submission status
#* New task notification to Reviewers
# Item Review in DSpace
#* Need for Item review
#* Task Pool of Reviewer
#* Accept Task
#* Item Review Options
#* Accept Item
#* Reject Item
#* Edit Metadata
#* Return Task to Pool
#* Do Later
#* Notifications to Item submitter
#* Item Submission Dashboard for Submitter
# Batch Import of items
#* Batch import methodology
#* SAFBuilder
#* SAF file structure
#* Set up SAFBuilder
#* Metadata in CSV format
#* Create SAF file for Items
#* Upload SAF file in the Collection
#* Verify status of Batch Jobs
#* Mapfile- Mapping of items and Handle number
#* Remove batch uploaded files
#* Access Items uploaded in Batch
# Searching Items in DSpace
#* Item Search in DSpace
#* Browse in DSpace
#* Browse Items by Issue Date
#* Browse Items by Author
#* Browse Items by Title
#* Browse Items by Subject
#* Search in DSpace
#* Search filters
#* Search Scope in DSpace
#* DSpace Discovery
#* Facets in DSpace

=== Intermediate Level ===

# Item Submission Configuration
#* Embargo in DSpace
#* item-submission.xml file
#* Configuration for Embargo
#* Item Submission with Embargo
#* Review of Item with Embargo
#* Access of Item with Embargo
#* Configure Item submission without a file
#* dspace.cfg file
#* Item submission without a file
#* Review of Item without a file
# General Settings in DSpace
#* Searching Items in DSpace
#* Metadata indexing of Items
#* Full text indexing of Items
#* Role of Media filters
#* Running Media filters
#* Generate a thumbnails
#* User Interface language switcher
#* Localize DSpace UI
#* Messages.properties file
#* Translation of Messages.properties file
#DSpace Statistical Report Configuration
#* About DSpace Statistics Report
#* Statistics Report Types
#* General Report
#* Initial Reports
#* Monthly Report
#* Creation of statistics report using commands
#* crontab command
#* Statistics report scheduling with crontab
#* Configuration for Community and Collection strengths
#* Verification of Community and Collection strengths

DSpace/C3/DSpace-Statistical-Report-Configuration/English

2021-09-22T06:56:38Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script :DSpace''' '''Statistical Report Configuration''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: DSpace Statistics, Statistical Report Configuration, Generate''' '''st..."

'''Script :DSpace''' '''Statistical Report Configuration'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace Statistics, Statistical Report Configuration, Generate''' '''statistics, Cronjobs, Cron Task Dspace statistics, Crontab, Community strength, Collection Strength, Items count in Community, automate dspace statistics, spoken tutorial, video tutorial'''

{| border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''DSpace''' '''Statistical Report Configuration.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Generate a '''statistics report'''
* Schedule the generation of a '''statistics report'''
* Display the number of '''Item submissions''' in '''Communities''' and '''Collections'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3'''
* '''gedit text editor''' and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However, you may use any other '''editor''' or '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''internet connection''' and
* '''Installed DSpace 6.3 '''on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Have '''archived Items '''in the''' Collections '''and
* Have '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace Collection'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''gedit''' text editor and open the file
|| I have opened the '''Code file''' in the '''gedit text editor''' on my machine.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
You may use any other '''text editor '''of your choice.
The shortcut to paste on the '''terminal''' is '''Shift, Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace statistics'''
|| '''DSpace '''offers a basic '''web statistics package''' and offers the following '''statistics'''.
* Information on '''page views'''
* '''Searches''' performed
* '''User logins '''and
* Errors and warnings
|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace statistics'''
||
* By default, '''DSpace''' doesn’t generate''' Statistics reports'''.
* '''Statistics reports''' are generated by '''running scripts'''.
|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace statistics'''
||
* '''Scripts''' generate '''statistics reports''' by '''parsing DSpace logs'''.
* '''Scripts''' can be '''run''' manually or as a scheduled job.
* '''Statistics reports''' can be accessed only by the '''DSpace Administrator'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us begin to generate '''Statistics reports''' using '''scripts'''.
Initially, let us ensure that by default, '''Statistics reports''' are not generated''' '''by''' DSpace'''.
|-
| | Open Web Browser
| | Open a '''web browser.'''
|-
| | Go to''' localhost:8080'''
| | Go to the '''DSpace '''interface.
|-
| | Log into '''DSpace '''as
dspace.u1@gmail.com
Password: u1pass
| | '''Log in''' to '''DSpace '''with '''Administrator’s authority.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Logged in''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Logged in''' tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''Administer'''
|| Select '''Administer''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Point to '''Administration Tools'''
|| '''Administration Tools '''page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Statistics '''tab in the navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Statistics '''tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Point to '''There are currently no reports available for this service. Please check back later.'''
|| A message is displayed saying,
'''“There are currently no reports available for this service. Please check back later.”'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| So we have verified that by default, '''DSpace''' doesn’t generate''' Statistics reports'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| Now, let us learn how to generate '''Statistics reports''' using '''scripts'''.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T '''keys
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl + Alt + T''' keys simultaneously on the keyboard.
Ensure that you have '''root permissions''' to '''run''' the '''commands'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo su - dspace'''
|| Now, we will '''log in''' as '''user dspace'''.
Type '''sudo su - dspace'''
If prompted, then type the '''password '''of the''' admin user '''to '''login'''.
|-
|| '''Slide: DSpace Statistics reports '''
|| '''DSpace''' offers facilities to generate the following types of '''reports'''.
* '''Initial Report''': By default, monthly report for each month from '''January 2005.'''
* Starting month and year are '''configurable''' in the '''dstat.cfg '''file.
|-
|| '''Slide: DSpace Statistics reports '''
||
* '''Monthly Report''': Monthly report for the current month
* '''General Report: '''Aggregated report of all the months
|-
|| Switch back to terminal
|| Switch back to the '''terminal'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us '''parse''' the '''DSpace logs '''to prepare the '''data''' for the creation of '''initial reports'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-initial '''
|| To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
If prompted, enter the '''root user password'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-monthly'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to prepare the '''data''' for the creation of '''monthly reports'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-general'''
|| Similarly, prepare the '''data''' for the creation of '''general reports''' using this '''command'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now, let us proceed to create actual '''Statistics reports''' using the '''data''' prepared in the previous steps.
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-report-initial '''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to generate '''Monthly Statistics''' '''reports''' from the starting month and year.
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-report-monthly'''
|| Generate current month '''Statistics report''' using this '''command'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-report-general'''
|| Similarly, generate a '''General Statistics report,''' with this '''command'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now, let us proceed to access and verify the generated '''statistics reports'''.
|-
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Reload the '''statistics''' page
|| Reload the '''Statistics''' page using the '''Reload '''button of the '''browser'''.''' '''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| If your '''session''' has been '''logged out''', please '''login''' again.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''Statistics report''' is generated and displayed.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| By default, the '''General report''' is displayed.
The '''General report''' is aggregated from '''January 2005''' till date.
|-
|| Point to '''General Overview''', '''Archive Information, Items Viewed, All Actions Performed '''and Others
|| '''Statistics''' page shows these reports in different sections such as -
'''General Overview, Archive Information, Items Viewed'''
'''All Actions Performed '''and many more useful sections.
|-
|| Point to '''Monthly reports'''
|| '''Monthly reports''' are available from '''January 2005''' onwards.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''Monthly reports '''can be viewed by clicking on the respective link of the '''Monthly report.'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us view the '''monthly report''' for '''August 2020.'''
|-
|| Click on '''monthly '''report of '''08/2020 '''
|| To do so, click on the '''monthly report''' of '''08/2020.'''
|-
|| Scroll down and show report
|| '''Statistics report''' of all the activities in''' August 2020 '''is displayed.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This is how '''Statistics reports''' are manually generated and verified in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Manual generation of '''reports''' is not a good practice, as it is subject to human errors.
It is possible to automate '''report '''generation at a scheduled time of the day, week or month.
We will create a '''Bash script''' to generate '''Monthly '''and '''General Statistics reports'''.
And, we will automate the execution of the '''Bash script''' using '''crontab'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| As '''initial reports''' are already created, we will not automate '''initial reports generation'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us automate the generation of '''General Statistics report''' on a daily basis.
|-
|| Switch back to terminal
|| Switch to the '''terminal.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo nano general-report-generation.sh'''
|| Type this '''command''' to create and open the '''Bash '''file '''general-report-generation.sh '''in '''gedit.'''
You can do so in an '''editor''' of your choice, as well.
If prompted, enter the '''root user password'''.
|-
|| Point to '''general-report-generation.sh'''
|| An empty '''general-report-generation.sh '''file opens in the '''text editor'''.
|-
|| Type in text editor
'''/home/dspace/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-general'''
'''/home/dspace/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-report-general'''
|| Type the '''commands''' for '''log parsing''' and '''General''' '''report generation''' as shown here.
|-
|| Save and close the file
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo chmod 777''' '''general-report-generation.sh'''
|| Set '''executable permissions''' to '''general-report-generation.sh '''file with this '''command'''.
If prompted, type the '''root user password'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo chown dspace:dspace''' '''general-report-generation.sh'''
|| Type this '''command''' to set the '''ownership''' of '''general-report-generation.sh '''file to '''dspace user'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now, let us schedule the execution of the '''general-report-generation.sh script''' using '''crontab.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''crontab -e'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to '''configure crontab jobs'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| If you are '''accessing crontab '''for the first time, the system will prompt to enter a choice of '''text editor'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''1'''
|| Type '''1''' to set '''nano editor '''as the preferred '''editor'''.
But you can set any other '''editor''' of your choice, as well.
|-
|| Point to default configuration
|| The default '''configurations''' for '''crontab '''are shown.
|-
|| Slide : '''Crontab '''in Linux
||
* The '''format''' of '''crontab '''is '''Minute Hour DayOfMonth Month DayOfWeek command '''
|-
|| Slide : '''Crontab '''in Linux
||
* The permitted '''values''' for '''fields''' in '''crontab''' are as shown in the table.
|-
|| Switch back to''' terminal'''
|| Switch back to''' '''the '''terminal.'''
|-
|| Enter the following configurations
'''30 1 * * * /bin/sh /home/dspace/general-report-generation.sh'''
|| We will schedule the generation of '''General Statistics report''', every day at '''1:30 AM.'''
To do so, type the '''command''' as shown at the end of the file.
|-
|| Highlight '''30 1'''
|| The value of the '''Minutes '''field is set to '''30''' and the value of the '''Hour '''field is set to '''1'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''* * *'''
|| To '''execute''' the '''script''' every day, fields for '''DayOfMonth Month DayOfWeek '''is set to '''*'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| You can schedule '''report''' generation time as per any time of your choice.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl + o'''
|| Save the '''configuration''' by pressing '''Ctrl''' and '''O''' keys together.
|-
|| Press '''Enter.'''
|| Press '''Enter '''to confirm the save.
|-
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl + x'''
|| Close the '''configuration''' file by pressing together '''Ctrl''' and '''X''' keys.
|-
|| Point to '''crontab : installing new crontab'''
|| '''crontab: installing new crontab '''message is shown on the '''terminal'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| That means, the '''execution''' of the '''general-report-generation.sh '''file is scheduled and automated.
'''General Statistics reports''' will be created every day at '''1:30 AM.'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Next, let us automate the generation of '''Monthly Statistics reports''' on the last day of the month.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo nano monthly-report-generation.sh'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to create and open the '''bash '''file '''monthly-report-generation.sh '''in '''gedit.'''
You can do so in an '''editor''' of your choice, as well.
If prompted, type the '''root user password'''.
|-
|| Point to '''monthly-report-generation.sh'''
|| An empty '''monthly-report-generation.sh '''file opens in the '''text editor'''.
|-
|| Type in text editor
'''/home/dspace/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-monthly'''
'''/home/dspace/dspace-install/bin/dspace stat-report-monthly'''
|| Type the '''commands''' for '''log parsing''' and '''monthly report generation''' as shown here.
|-
|| Save and close the file
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo chmod 777''' '''monthly-report-generation.sh'''
|| Set '''executable permissions''' to '''monthly-report-generation.sh '''file, with this '''command'''.
If '''prompted''', type the '''root user password'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo chown dspace:dspace''' '''monthly-report-generation.sh'''
|| Type this '''command''' to set the '''ownership''' of '''monthly-report-generation.sh '''file to '''dspace user'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now, let us schedule the execution of '''monthly-report-generation.sh script''' using '''crontab.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] type: '''crontab -e'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to '''configure crontab jobs'''.
|-
|| Enter the following configurations
'''55 23 * * * [ "$(date +\%d -d tomorrow)" = "01" ] && /bin/sh /home/dspace/monthly-report-generation.sh'''
|| We will schedule the generation of '''Monthly Statistics reports''' on the last day of every month.
To do so, type this '''command''' at the end of the file.
|-
|| Highlight '''[ "$(date +\%d -d tomorrow)" = "01" ]'''
|| This '''command''' is entered to identify the last day of the month.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl + o'''
|| Save the '''configuration''' by pressing '''Ctrl''' and '''O''' keys together.
|-
|| Press '''Enter.'''
|| Press '''Enter '''to confirm the save.
|-
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl + x'''
|| Close the '''configuration''' file by pressing together '''Ctrl''' and '''X''' keys.
|-
|| Point to '''crontab : installing new crontab'''
|| '''crontab: installing new crontab '''message is shown on the '''terminal'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| The '''execution''' of '''monthly-report-generation.sh '''file is now scheduled and automated.
So, '''Monthly''' '''Statistics reports''' will be generated on the last day of every month.
|-
|| Only narration
|| Now, let us further '''configure DSpace '''to display the number of '''submissions''' in '''Community''' and '''Collections.'''
|-
|| Switch back to''' DSpace'''
|| Switch back to''' DSpace.'''
|-
|| Click''' Home '''tab
|| Click on the '''Home tab''' in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Scroll and locate '''Communities in DSpace''' section
|| Scroll down and locate '''Communities in the DSpace''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Communities '''
|| The''' Community’s '''names and '''logos''' are displayed.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| But, the number of '''Item submissions''' in the '''Community''' is not displayed.
Also, the number of '''Item submissions''' in the '''Collections''' is not displayed.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''dspace.cfg '''file has a '''configuration''' to display the number of '''Item submissions''' in '''Community '''and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo nano $HOME/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/config/dspace.cfg'''
|| Switch to the '''terminal.'''
Open the '''dspace.cfg '''file with this '''command'''.
If prompted, enter the '''root user password.'''
|-
|| Locate the section '''Settings for item count (strength) information'''
|| Locate the section '''Settings for item count (strength) information.'''
|-
|| Point to''' webui.strengths.show'''
|| By default, the value for '''webui.strengths.show '''is set to '''false'''.
|-
|| Set '''webui.strengths.show = true'''.
|| Set '''webui.strengths.show '''value to '''true'''.
|-
|| Save and close '''dspace.cfg''' file
|| Save and close the '''dspace.cfg''' file.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Let us '''rebuild DSpace''' to update these changes.
|-
|| [Terminal]''' '''Highlight '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message
|| Now, '''DSpace rebuild''' is successful.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| So, let us proceed to verify the changes.
|-
|| Switch back to''' DSpace'''
|| Switch back to''' DSpace.'''
|-
|| Click''' Home '''tab
|| Click on the '''Home '''tab in the '''navigation bar''' to refresh the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Community names '''and''' strengths'''
|| Observe that the number of '''Item submissions''' in the '''Community''' is now displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have successfully '''configured DSpace.'''
It displays the number of '''submissions''' in the '''Community '''and''' Collections.'''
|-
|| Narration only
| style="color:#252525;" | With this, we have come to the end of this tutorial.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial, we learnt to
* Generate a '''Statistics report'''
* Schedule the generation of a '''Statistics report '''
* Display the number of '''Item submissions''' in '''Communities''' and '''Collections'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Generate '''initial, Monthly''' and '''General Statistics reports'''
* '''Configure''' and display the number of '''Item submissions''' in '''Communities''' and '''Collections'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace

2021-07-19T14:16:52Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "DSpace is a free and open source repository software package, generally used for creating and managing repositories of digital content. DSpace is very useful as an Institution..."

DSpace/C3/Item-Submission-Configuration/English

2021-07-01T13:54:32Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script: Item Submission Configuration''' '''Author: Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: DSpace Item Submission, Customization of Item submission, Item submission configuration,..."

'''Script: Item Submission Configuration'''

'''Author: Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace Item Submission, Customization of Item submission, Item submission configuration, Embargo configuration, Item Submission with Embargo, Item submission without file, Spoken Tutorial, Video Tutorial'''

{| border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this''' '''spoken tutorial on '''Item Submission''' '''Configuration '''in''' DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Configure '''Embargo '''feature
* Submit an '''Item''' with '''Embargo'''
* Configure an''' Item submission''' without a file and
* Submit an '''Item''' without a file
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3'''
* '''gedit text editor''' and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However, you may use any other '''web browser '''and '''text editor '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''Internet''' connection
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3 '''on your system
* '''Tomcat services''' should be running.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created a '''Collection''' in the '''Community '''and
* Have '''Submitter’s '''and '''Reviewer’s''' authority in the '''Collection'''
* If not, then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should also have
* Knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* Familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide: Code files
||
* The''' '''files used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practising.
|-
|| Slide: '''Embargo '''Feature
||
* An '''embargo''' is a temporary''' access restriction''' placed on '''files'''
* If the '''embargo '''is set on a file, then it is not '''accessible''' until the '''embargo '''date
|-
|| Slide: item-submission.xml file
||
* '''item-submission.xml''' is an '''Item submission configuration''' file.
* The''' embargo''' feature can be '''configured''' in '''item-submission.xml''' file.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us begin to configure the '''embargo '''feature.
|-
|| Switch to '''gedit''' text editor and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands '''file in the '''gedit text editor''' on my machine.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
The shortcut to paste on the '''terminal''' is '''Shift, Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys.
You may open this file in an editor of your choice.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T '''keys
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl + Alt + T''' keys simultaneously on the keyboard.
Ensure that you have '''root permissions''' to run the '''commands'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo su - dspace'''
|| Now, we will '''login''' as '''user dspace'''.
So, type '''sudo su - dspace'''
If prompted, then type the '''password '''of the''' admin user '''to '''login'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo gedit /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/config/item-submission.xmls'''
|| Open '''item-submission.xml''' file with this '''command.'''
If '''prompted''', type the '''root user password'''.
|-
|| [gedit] '''item-submission.xml'''
|| '''item-submission.xml '''file opens in the''' text editor'''.
This file contains a different steps of''' Item submission'''.
|-
|| Highlight : ''' < !-- Step 4 will be to upload the item -->'''
|| Scroll down and locate '''Step 4, '''which is''' '''to''' upload the Item.'''
|-
|| Highlight:'''<step>''' and '''</step>'''
|| The opening '''step tag '''and closing '''step tag '''encloses the '''configuration'''.
|-
|| Highlight: '''< !--Step 4 will be to Upload the item -->'''
|| The default '''configuration''' to upload an '''Item''' is without the '''embargo '''feature.
To disable the file upload without '''embargo, '''we will '''comment''' the default '''configuration'''.
|-
|| [gedit]: type '''< !- -''' before the opening '''step tag'''
|| To do so, type '''< !- - '''before the opening '''step''' '''tag'''.
|-
|| [gedit]: type '''- - >''' after the closing '''step tag'''
|| Then type '''-->''' after the closing '''step''' '''tag'''.
|-
|| '''Highlight: '''configuration for upload '''item '''with '''embargo '''feature
|| Now let us enable the '''embargo''' feature.
To do that, we need to '''uncomment''' the '''configuration''' for '''Upload''' '''Item''' '''with''' '''Embargo''' '''Features'''.
|-
|| [gedit]: type '''- ->''' before opening step''' '''tag
|| Type '''- ->''' before the opening '''step tag'''.
|-
|| [gedit]:delete '''-->''' after closing step tag
|| Delete '''-->''' after the closing '''step tag'''.
|-
|| Save and close the file
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us '''rebuild DSpace''' to update the changes.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| To do so, type the following '''command'''.
If '''prompted''', type the '''root user password'''.
The''' rebuild''' process may take some time, depending upon your '''internet speed'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''BUILD SUCCESS'''
|| The '''build''' is successful.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us verify the '''embargo '''feature by submitting an '''Item''' in the '''Collection'''.
|-
| | Open Web Browser
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
|-
|| '''Address Bar >> localhost:8080'''
|| Go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace '''as
dspace.u5@gmail.com
|| '''Login''' to '''DSpace '''with the '''submitter’s authority'''.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| '''My DSpace '''interface''' '''opens up.
|-
|| Click on the '''Start New Submission '''button.
|| Click on the '''Start New Submission '''button in the '''My DSpace''' section.
|-
|-
|| Click on the '''Collection''' dropdown.
|| Next, click on the drop-down arrow adjacent to the '''Collection '''field.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| Now select '''Articles Collection '''from the list of '''Collections.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Next''' button.
|| Then click on the '''Next''' button below the '''Collection''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| The '''Item Submission''' '''form''' opens up.
|-
|| Show '''the metadata '''and '''EEArticle.pdf '''file.
|| We have provided an '''article''' and the '''article’s metadata''' in a text file for ease of practice.
The same can be downloaded from the''' Code files''' link on this tutorial page.
|-
|| Fill '''Authors''', '''Title, Date of issue, Identifier '''from '''Metadata-for-EEArticle '''file.
|| Based on my '''metadata''' file, I have filled some of the fields as shown:
'''Authors''', '''Title''', '''Date of issue, Identifier, Language, keywords '''and '''Abstract'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''Upload file''' section
|| The next section is the '''Upload file''' section.
|-
|| Click on the '''Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| Upload the file '''EEArticle.pdf '''as demonstrated in the earlier tutorials.
|-
|| Point to green tick mark
|| The file upload is successful.
|-
|| Click on''' the Next button.'''
|| Now, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully'''
|| The next page is''' Submit: File Uploaded Successfully.'''
This shows information about the uploaded file.
|-
|| Highlight '''Access Settings '''column
|| As we have enabled '''Item submission''' with the '''Embargo''' feature, we can see the '''Access Settings '''column.
|-
|| Narration only
|| By default, the '''Embargo''' date isn’t set, so the '''Item '''will be accessible immediately on '''archiving.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Change '''button in '''Access Settings''' column
|| Let us change the '''access settings,''' i.e. '''Embargo''' date.
Click on the '''Change '''button in the '''Access Settings''' column.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Bitstream Access'''
|| '''Edit Bitstream Access '''page opens.
|-
|| Click in the '''Embargo Date''' field.
|| Click on the field next to the label '''Embargo Date.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Calendar'''
|| The '''calendar '''opens up.''' '''
|-
|| Select Date
'''Date: 01 June 2021'''
|| Select the '''date'''Updated the date after recording the screencast.change at the time of recording '''1 June 2021''' from the '''Calendar''' as shown.
|-
|| Enter reason
'''“For internal reference only.”'''
|| Next, enter the '''Reason''' for the '''Embargo '''as shown.''' '''
|-
|| Click '''Save''' button
|| Then click on the '''Save''' button at the bottom right corner to save the '''Embargo settings'''.
|-
|| Click on''' the Next button'''
|| Verify all the uploaded files for the '''Item'''.
Then, click the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| '''Verify Submission'''
|| The next page, '''Submit: Verify Submission''' displays the information which we have entered so far.
|-
|| Locate '''Uploaded Files''' section
|| Scroll down and locate the '''Uploaded Files''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Access is allowed from'''
|| Observe that access to the file is allowed from the '''Embargo''' date, which we set just now.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next button.'''
|| Once you ensure that everything is correct, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Click '''I Grant the License '''button.
|| Click on the '''I Grant the License '''button at the bottom.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, our '''Item '''is successfully '''submitted'''.
|-
|| Log out from '''submitter''' account
|| Let us '''log out''' from the '''submitter account'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us review the '''submitted Item'''.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace '''as dspace.u4@gmail.com
|| For that, '''login''' to '''DSpace '''with '''Reviewer’s authority'''.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| We are now on the '''Reviewer’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''“Vehicle speed measurement model for video-based systems.”'''
|| The''' Item submitted''' in earlier steps is now visible in the '''Tasks in the Pool '''table.
|-
|| Click on the '''Take Task '''button.
|| Click on the '''Take Task '''button to '''preview''' the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Accept This Task '''button.
|| Click on '''Accept This Task '''button to accept the task for '''review'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Metadata''' and '''file'''
|| The '''Perform Task '''page shows the '''metadata '''and the files '''submitted''' for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Click on '''View/Open''' button
|| To view the file, click on the '''View/Open''' button next to the '''filename'''.
|-
|| Close '''tab'''
|| Now we can '''review''' the file and then close the '''tab'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Metadata''' and file are found to be in order.
|-
|| Click on '''Approve''' button
|| So, we will click on the '''Approve''' button to accept the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, our '''Item '''is successfully '''archived'''.
|-
|| Log out from '''reviewer''' account
|| Let us '''log out''' from the '''reviewer account''' now.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us proceed to access the '''Item''' as an '''Anonymous user'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the dropdown.
|-
|| select '''Article Collection'''
|| Scroll down and select '''Articles Collection.'''
|-
|| Highlight “'''Vehicle speed measurement model for video-based systems.'''”
|| An '''Item''' with the title '''Vehicle speed measurement model for video-based systems''' is published.
|-
|| Click on the '''Item Title'''
|| Let’s open the '''Item '''by clicking on the '''Item Title'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Metadata''' and Files
|| The '''metadata''' and '''files''' of the '''Item''' are displayed.
|-
|| Point to file''' EEArticle1.pdf'''
|| Observe that '''file access''' is restricted until the '''Embargo''' date.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us try to '''access''' the file by clicking on the '''View/Open''' button next to the filename.
|-
|| Point to '''Log In to DSpace '''
|| We are redirected to the '''login''' page.
That means '''Anonymous users''' cannot '''access''' the file until the '''Embargo''' date.
|-
|| Slide: Access to '''Items''' with '''Embargo'''
|| Before the '''Embargo''' date''', ONLY '''the following '''users''' can access the '''Item. '''
* '''Authorised Collection Administrator'''
* '''Authorised Community Administrator '''and
* '''DSpace Administrator'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now verified that the files for the '''Item''' are not '''accessible''' until the '''Embargo''' date.
Next, let us proceed to configure '''Item submission''' without a file.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo gedit /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/config/dspace.cfg'''
|| Open the '''dspace.cfg '''file with this '''command'''.
If '''prompted''', type the '''root user password'''.
|-
|| Point to''' dspace.cfg'''
|| '''dspace.cfg '''file opens in the '''text editor'''.
You can use any other editor of your choice.
It consists of various '''configurations''' in the '''Key-Value pairs'''.
|-
|| Locate and highlight '''webui.submit.upload.required'''
|| Locate the '''key webui.submit.upload.required.'''
|-
|| Highlight''' # '''Symbol
|| By default, it is '''commented''' using the '''hash # symbol''' and the value is '''set''' to '''true'''.
|-
|| Remove''' # '''symbol
|| '''Uncomment''' the line by removing the '''hash # symbol'''.
|-
|| Set the value to '''false'''
|| Then '''set''' the value to '''false '''as shown.
|-
|| Save and close the file
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| We have to '''rebuild DSpace''' to update these changes.
If '''prompted''', type the '''root user password'''.
The process may take some time to complete.
|-
|| [Terminal] Highlight
'''BUILD SUCCESS'''
|| '''DSpace build''' is now successful.
let us proceed to submit an '''Item''' without a file now.
|-
|| Log into '''DSpace '''as''' '''
dspace.u5@gmail.com
|| Switch to the '''browser''' and '''login''' to '''DSpace '''with the '''submitter’s authority'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Start New Submission'''
|| Click on the '''Start New Submission '''button.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| Now, select '''Articles '''from the '''Collection '''list'''.'''
Then click on the '''Next''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| The '''Item Submission''' '''form''' opens on the screen.
|-
|| Show '''the metadata file'''
'''File: Metadata-for-Item-without-file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided the '''metadata '''for an '''Item''' in a text file.
|-
|| Fill '''Authors''', '''Title, Date of issue, Identifier '''from '''Metadata-for-Item-without-file''' file.''' '''
|| Based on my '''metadata''' file, I have filled some of the fields as shown:
'''Authors, Title''', '''Date of issue, Identifier, Language, keywords '''and '''Abstract'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''Upload file''' section
|| The next section is the '''Upload file''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Skip file upload '''button
|| As '''DSpace '''is '''configured''' for '''Item''' submission without a file, the button '''Skip file upload '''is enabled.
|-
|| click on the button '''Skip file upload'''
|| To skip through the '''file upload''' step, click on the '''Skip file upload '''button'''.'''
And proceed further as we have done before.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, our '''Item '''is successfully submitted.
|-
|| Log out from '''submitter''' account
|| Let us '''log out''' from the '''submitter''' account.
|-
|| Narration only
|| And, let us review the submitted '''Item'''.
|-
|| Log into '''DSpace '''as''' ''' dspace.u4@gmail.com
|| '''Login''' to '''DSpace '''with the '''Reviewer’s''' authority.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| We are now on the '''Reviewer’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''“One-parameter fractional linear prediction.”'''
|| The submitted '''Item''' is visible in the '''Tasks in the Pool '''table.
|-
|| Click on the '''Take Task '''button.
Click '''Accept This Task '''button.
|| Take and accept the '''Task '''as explained before.
|-
|| Point to '''Metadata'''
|| The '''Perform Task '''page shows the '''metadata '''for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''There are no files associated with this item'''
|| Since we haven’t uploaded any file, it displays, “'''There are no files associated with this item.”'''
|-
|| Click on '''Approve''' button
|| Click on the '''Approve''' button to accept the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, our '''Item '''is successfully '''archived'''.
|-
|| Log out from '''reviewer''' account.
|| Let us '''log out''' from the '''reviewer''' account.
|-
|| Narration only
|| And, let us proceed to access the '''Item''' as an '''Anonymous user'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab '''>>''' '''Communities & Collections >> Article Collection'''
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab and navigate to '''Articles Collection''' as shown.
|-
|| Highlight '''“One-parameter fractional linear prediction.”'''
|| An '''Item''' with the title '''One-parameter fractional linear prediction''' is published.
|-
|| Click on the '''Item Title'''
|| Open the '''Item '''by clicking on the '''Item Title'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Metadata'''
|| The '''metadata''' of the '''Item''' is shown.
|-
|| Point to '''Files in This Item''' table
|| We see that there are no files associated with this '''Item.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have verified the '''Item''' submission without a file.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial, we learnt to
* Configure '''Embargo '''feature
* Submit an '''Item''' with '''Embargo'''
* Configure an '''Item''' submission without a file and
* Submit an '''Item''' without a file
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Configure '''Embargo '''feature and '''Item''' submission without a file for your '''DSpace.'''
* Submit '''Report1A '''as''' '''an '''Item''' and set '''Embargo''' date for the '''Item'''.
* Submit the metadata of '''Report1B '''as''' '''an '''Item''' by skipping the file upload.
|-
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide: Spoken Tutorial Workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C3/General-Settings-in-DSpace/English

2021-06-25T11:12:20Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script : General Settings in DSpace''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: DSpace General Settings, DSpace language setting, Localization of DSpace, DSpace Languag..."

'''Script : General Settings in DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace General Settings, DSpace language setting, Localization of DSpace, DSpace Language configuration, Full Text Indexing, Bitstream Thumbnail'''

{| border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this''' '''Spoken Tutorial on '''General Settings''' in''' DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Index the full text of '''Item '''files
* Generate a '''thumbnail''' for the '''Item''' files
* Enable '''User Interface language switcher''' and
* Localize the '''User Interface '''of '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3'''
* '''gedit text editor''' and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However, you may use any other '''web browser '''and '''text editor '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''internet''' connection
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3 '''on your system
* '''Tomcat services''' should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Some archived '''Items '''in the '''Collection '''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' '''files used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practising.
|-
|| Slide: Search in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''DSpace '''offers a '''Search''' feature for searching '''Items '''by '''keyword'''.
* By default, '''DSpace''' indexes the '''metadata '''of the '''Items '''and uses it for '''Search'''.''' '''
* '''Items '''are searchable if the '''keyword''' is available in the '''Index'''. i.e. the '''metadata'''
|-
|| Slide:Full text Indexing for '''Items'''
||
* '''DSpace''' can also index the full text from '''Item''' files using add-on '''Media Filters'''.
* Full text '''indexing''' makes the '''Item''' searchable with any word in the '''Item''' file.
|-
|| Slide: '''Media Filters'''
|| '''Media Filters''' can extract text from the following '''formats'''.
* '''Adobe PDF''' (only if text-based or '''OCRed''')
* A '''Document, Spreadsheet''', or '''Presentation'''
* Plain text and
* '''HTML'''
|-
|| Slide:''' Media Filters'''
||
* Additionally, the '''Media Filters '''generate '''thumbnails '''for the '''Bitstreams/ Item Files.'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now, let us examine the '''Search''' feature without the full-text '''indexing''' of '''Item'''.
|-
|| Open '''HPC-Article.pdf''' file
|| Earlier in this series, '''HPC-Article.pdf '''file was uploaded as an '''Item '''in the '''Article Collection.'''
|-
|| Highlight '''Signal Processing''' word
|| Now, choose any '''keyword''' from that file, which doesn’t belong to the '''metadata '''of the '''Article'''.
So, let us choose “'''Signal Processing” '''as the''' keyword'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now let us proceed to search the '''Item''' using this '''keyword'''.
|-
| | Open Web Browser
| | Open a '''web browser.'''
|-
| | '''Go to localhost:8080'''
| | Go to the '''DSpace '''interface.
|-
| | Enter '''Signal Processing '''in the''' Search bar'''
| | Type '''Signal Processing '''as the''' keyword '''in the''' search bar.'''
|-
| | Click on '''Search '''icon
| | Click on the '''Search''' icon next to the '''search bar'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Search''' page
|| The''' search '''page opens.
|-
|| Point to “'''Search produced no results'''”
|| The '''search''' produced no results because the words “'''Signal Processing” '''was not '''indexed'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| Now, let us proceed to '''index''' the full text of the uploaded files using the '''media filters.'''
|-
|| Switch to '''gedit''' text editor and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands '''file in the '''gedit text editor''' on my machine.
Please do so on your machine also using your preferred '''text editor'''.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
The shortcut to paste on the '''terminal''' is '''Shift + Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T '''keys
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl + Alt + T''' keys simultaneously on the keyboard.
Ensure that you have '''root permissions''' to run the '''commands'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo su - dspace'''
|| Before we begin, we will '''log in''' as '''user dspace'''.
Type '''sudo su - dspace'''
If prompted, type the '''admin user password '''to '''login'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:
'''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace filter-media'''
Root Password: '''dupass'''
|| Now type the '''command''' as shown to '''run media filters.'''
If prompted, type the '''root user password.'''
'''Media filtering''' has begun for all the uploaded '''Item''' files.
It may take some time depending on the number of '''Item''' files.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''Media filtration''' is now complete.
|-
|| Point to '''HPC-Article.pdf.jpg''' file
|| Observe that the '''media filter''' has created a '''jpg '''image for each '''Item''' file.
These '''jpg '''files are used as '''thumbnails''' for the '''Item''' files.
|-
|| Point to '''HPC-Article.pdf.txt''' file
|| '''txt''' files are also created for each '''Item''' file and the contents of the '''txt '''files are '''indexed''' for '''search'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Next, we’ll proceed to search an '''Item '''using the '''keywords “Signal Processing”.'''
|-
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
| | Enter '''Signal Processing '''in the''' Search bar'''
| | Type '''Signal Processing '''as the''' keywords '''in the''' search bar.'''
|-
| | Click on '''Search '''icon
| | Click on the '''Search''' icon next to the '''search bar'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Search''' page
|| The''' search '''page opens.
|-
| | Scroll down
| | Scroll down to locate the search results.
|-
|| Point to '''Item hits''' the table
|| The '''Item hits '''table shows the '''Items '''returned by the '''search '''operation.
|-
|| Point to '''Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning'''
|| Observe that the search results show an '''Item''' with the title-
'''“Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning”'''
This is an '''Item''' associated with file''' HPC-Article.pdf.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Item '''title
'''Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning'''
|| Click on the '''Item '''title to open it.
|-
|| Point to '''metadata '''and''' files'''
|| The '''Metadata '''and the files of this '''Item '''are now displayed.
|-
|| Point to thumbnail of '''files'''
|| Observe that the '''Item '''files are shown along with the '''thumbnails''' generated by the''' media filters.'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Thus, we have verified that '''media filters index''' full text and enhance '''search '''operation.
Also, the '''media filters''' generate a '''thumbnail''' for the '''Item''' files.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next let us proceed to configure the '''language settings''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Multilingual '''DSpace'''
||
* The default '''User Interface''' language of '''DSpace '''is set to '''English'''.
* '''DSpace '''can be configured to add other languages and provide a '''Multilingual User Interface, '''too.
|-
|| Narration only
|| For this demonstration, we will keep '''English '''as the default language.
Also, we will localize '''DSpace '''in '''Hindi '''as another language.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:
'''sudo gedit $HOME/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/config/dspace.cfg'''
|| Switch to the '''terminal'''.
Type the '''command''' as shown to open the '''dspace.cfg''' file in the '''gedit text editor'''.
You can do so in the '''editor''' of your choice, as well.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''dspace.cfg '''file has '''DSpace '''configurations in the form of '''key-value pairs.'''
|-
|| Point to '''i18n-Locales/Language'''
|| Locate the section '''i18n-Locales/Language.'''
It is used to '''configure''' the '''language settings''' of '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Highlight '''webui.supported.locales'''
|| Locate the key '''webui.supported.locales.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| '''webui.supported.locales''' are used to '''configure''' supported languages by '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Highlight '''#''' symbol at the beginning of line
|| By default, this '''key''' is disabled by commenting it.
|-
|| Type '''webui.supported.locales''' on the next line
|| Type '''webui.supported.locales''' on the next line as shown.
|-
|| Set value
'''webui.supported.locales = en, hi'''
|| To support '''UI''' in '''English '''and '''Hindi, '''set the value for '''webui.supported.locales '''as '''en, hi.'''
|-
|| Show: '''hi '''is '''ISO 639-1''' code for '''Hindi'''
|| '''hi '''is '''ISO 639-1''' code for '''Hindi.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| '''DSpace '''enables the '''language switcher''' with the languages listed in '''webui.supported.locales.'''
|-
|| Save and close the file.
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Slide: Localization of '''Messages.properties'''
||
* '''Messages.properties '''file contains the textual content of '''DSpace''' '''UI'''.
* '''DSpace''' '''UI''' can be localized by translating '''Messages.properties '''file.
|-
|| Slide: Localization of '''Messages.properties'''
||
* A localized '''properties''' file is renamed as follows.
'''Messages_<''' '''ISO 639-1 code of language>.properties'''
* For Example, '''Messages_hi.properties'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch back to the '''terminal'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, to localize '''DSpace '''in '''Hindi, '''let us create '''Messages_hi.properties'''
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type
'''cd $HOME/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace-api/src/main/resources'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to change the '''present working directory''' to the '''resources directory'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, we have to make a copy of the '''Messages.properties '''file as '''Messages_hi.properties '''
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type
'''cp''' '''Messages.properties Messages_hi.properties'''
|| To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type
'''sudo gedit Messages_hi.properties'''
|| Type the next '''command''' as shown to open the '''Messages_hi.properties '''file in '''gedit text editor'''.
You can use any '''editor''' of your choice, as well.
If prompted, type the '''root user password'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Messages_hi.properties'''
|| '''Messages_hi.properties '''file opens in the '''text editor'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The file contains '''key-value pairs'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''browse.page-title'''
|| For example '''browse.page-title '''is the '''key'''.
'''Keys''' are referenced in the '''DSpace source code''' and not visible in the '''UI'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''Browsing DSpace'''
|| '''Browsing DSpace''' is the '''value'''.
'''Values''' are visible in the '''UI '''of '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| To localize the '''UI''' content in '''Hindi''', it is required to translate all the values in '''Hindi'''.
For demonstration, we will translate only the '''menus''' in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Open '''HindiTranslation.txt''' file
|| '''HindiTranslation.txt''' file has been provided to you in the '''Code files link.'''
For ease of practice, we have provided the '''Hindi '''translations for the '''keys''' for the '''navigation bar '''here.
|-
|| Switch back to '''Messages_hi.properties'''
|| Switch back to the '''Messages_hi.properties '''file.
|-
|| Translate values in''' Messages_hi.properties '''file
Highlight as per the narration
|| Translate the '''values''' in''' Messages_hi.properties''' file as shown.
I have translated the '''values''' for
* '''jsp.layout.navbar-default.home'''
* '''jsp.layout.navbar-default.browse'''
* '''jsp.layout.navbar-default.help'''
* '''jsp.layout.navbar-default.search'''
* '''jsp.layout.navbar-default.sign'''
* '''jsp.layout.navbar-default.language'''
|-
|| Save and close the file
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Next, let us encode''' Messages_hi.properties '''file to '''ASCII encoding'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type
'''native2ascii -encoding UTF-8 Messages_hi.properties Messages_hi.properties '''
|| To do so, on the '''terminal''', type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type
'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Next we have to '''Rebuild DSpace '''with this '''command'''.
If prompted, type the '''root user password.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Build Successful''' message
|| '''DSpace Build '''is successful.
Let us proceed to verify all the changes in the '''UI'''.
|-
|| Switch back to DSpace
Ctrl + R
|| Switch to '''DSpace '''and refresh the page.
It may take some time to reload the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Language''' tab
|| Observe that the '''Language''' option appears in the '''navigation bar''' next to the “'''Sign on to'''” option.
|-
|| Click on '''Language''' tab
|| Click on the '''Language''' tab.
|-
|| Point to drop down list
|| A list of all the supported languages is shown.
|-
|| Select '''Hindi''' from drop down
|| Select '''Hindi''' from the drop-down list.
|-
|| Point to '''Navigation bar'''
|| The '''menus''' in the '''navigation bar''' get translated to '''Hindi'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To obtain the entire page content in '''Hindi''', translate all the values in '''Messages_hi.properties''' in '''Hindi.'''
|-
||
Click on '''Language''' -> '''English'''
|| Let us now revert back to '''English.'''
Click on the '''Language''' tab and select '''English''' from the drop-down list.
|-
|| Point to the '''menus'''
|| The '''menus''' are now seen in '''English '''once again.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* '''Index''' the full text of '''Item '''files
* Generate a '''thumbnail''' for the '''Item''' files
* Enable '''User Interface language switcher''' and
* Localize '''User Interface '''of '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Enable full text search for all the archived '''Items''' in''' DSpace'''.
* Localize '''DSpace '''in any language of your choice.''' '''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial Workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace Spoken Tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Searching-Items-in-DSpace/English

2021-05-26T05:05:57Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script : Searching Items in DSpace ''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil ''' '''Keywords: Item Search, Item Search in DSpace, Browse in DSpace, Search in DSpace, Browse Items by I..."

'''Script : Searching Items in DSpace '''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Item Search, Item Search in DSpace, Browse in DSpace, Search in DSpace, Browse Items by Issue Date, Browse Items by Author, Search filters, Search Scope in DSpace, Browsing DSpace on Windows, Browsing DSpace on Ubuntu, Video Tutorial, Spoken Tutorial'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Searching Items in DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Find an '''Item '''using '''Browse '''
* Find an '''Item''' using '''Search''' and
* Find an '''Item''' using '''Discover'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running and
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Have archived '''Items''' in '''DSpace'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should have knowledge of '''Library Science.'''
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide: '''Access of Items in DSpace'''
||
* An''' archived Item '''with '''open access''' is accessible to '''anonymous''' as well as '''authorized users'''.
* An''' archived Item '''with '''restricted access''' is accessible to '''authorized users''' only.
|-
|| Slide: '''Browse and Search in DSpace '''
|| '''DSpace '''offers '''Browse''', '''Search''' and '''Discover''' features to find '''archived Items '''in the''' Collection.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to find an '''Item '''using the '''Browse '''feature.
|-
|| Show: file
'''Secure State Estimation Against Sensor Attacks in the Presence of Noise'''
|| For this demonstration, I will find an '''Item''' with the title “'''Secure State Estimation Against Sensor Attacks in the Presence of Noise'''”.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >>localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Highlight
'''Issue Date'''
'''Author'''
'''Title'''
'''Subject'''
|| '''DSpace''' facilitates '''Item''' browsing by
* '''Issue Date'''
* '''Author'''
* '''Title '''and
* '''Subject'''
|-
|| Highlight '''Issue Date'''
|| Let us browse the '''Items''' by '''Issue Date.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Issue Date'''
|| For that, click on the '''Issue Date.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Browsing by Issue Date'''
|| '''Browsing by Issue Date '''page opens up.
|-
|| Scroll down and locate the''' results '''table
|| Scroll down and locate the''' results '''table.
|-
|| Show '''Items '''in''' '''table
|| An index of all '''archived Items''' is displayed.
|-
|| Highlight '''Sort By: Issue Date''' and '''In Order: Ascending'''
|| By default, '''Items''' are sorted by the '''Issue Date''' in '''Ascending''' order.
|-
|| Point to '''Jump to a point in the index'''
|| '''DSpace''' facilitates jumping to a specific point in the index.
|-
|| Highlight '''Choose year''' and '''Choose month''' dropdown
|| To do so, we choose a year and month from the dropdown next to the label '''Jump to a point in the index.'''
|-
|| Highlight '''or type in year'''
|| Alternatively, we can type a year in the field next to the label '''or type in year.'''
|-
|| Open '''Item''' File and Point to '''March 2017'''
|| '''2017 '''is the '''issue date''' of this''' Item.'''
|-
|| Switch back to''' DSpace''' interface
|| Switch back to''' DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Type '''2017''' in field '''or type in year'''
|| Let’s type in the year as '''2017.'''
|-
|| click on the '''GO''' button
|| Then, click on the '''GO''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''2017 '''in results table''' '''
|| Observe the '''results''' table.
The index of '''Items''' with '''2017''' as '''Issue Date''' is shown.
|-
|| Point to '''Secure State Estimation Against Sensor Attacks in the Presence of Noise'''
|| The '''results''' table also has an '''Item''', which we browsed using '''Issue Date'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Item Title'''
|| Click on '''Item Title''' to view the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Metadata'''
|| '''Metadata''' of the '''Item''' is displayed.
|-
|| Point to '''Files in This Item'''
|| '''Files in This Item''' table shows the files available for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Click on the “'''Show full item record'''” button
|| Click on the “'''Show full item record'''” button, to view the full details of the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Scroll down and point to details of the Item
|| The full details of the '''Item''' are now displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us browse '''Items''' by '''Author.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Author''' from dropdown
|| Select '''Author''' from the dropdown.
|-
|| Point to '''Browsing by Author'''
|| The '''Browsing by Author '''page opens up.
|-
|| Narration only
|| While browsing '''Items''' by '''Author, '''first we will locate the '''author''' and then the associated '''Items'''.
|-
|| locate the''' results '''table
|| Locate the''' results '''table.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The table shows an index of all '''authors.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Author''' name and number of '''Items'''
|| '''Author''' name and the number of '''Items archived''' by the '''author''' is shown.
|-
|| Highlight by Textbox A to Z characters
|| Alphabets can be clicked to jump to a particular point in the index.
That is where the '''author's''' name begins with the chosen alphabet.
|-
|| Open '''Item''' File and Point to '''Shaunak Mishra'''
|| '''Shaunak Mishra '''is one of the''' authors '''for this''' Item.'''
|-
|| Switch back to''' DSpace''' interface
|| Switch back to''' DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Click on alphabet '''M'''
|| Now I will click on the alphabet '''M'''.
|-
|| Point to '''results''' table
|| Observe that the '''results '''table shows '''authors''' whose name begins with alphabet '''M'''.
|-
|| Point to '''or enter first few letters'''
|| Alternatively, type in the first few letters of the '''author’s''' name.
This can also be used to narrow down and locate the specific '''author''' in the index.
|-
|| Point to '''or enter first few letters'''
|| Let’s type the first few letters of the name of an '''author''' in this field.
|-
|| Enter '''Mishra '''in '''or enter first few letters'''
|| I will type '''Mishra.'''
|-
|| Press the '''Go '''button
|| Then, press the '''Go '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''results''' table
|| Observe that the '''results '''table shows the '''author '''whom we queried.
|-
|| Click on '''author''' name
'''Mishra S.'''
|| Click on the '''author’s''' name to view the '''Items''' archived by the '''author'''.
|-
|| Point to Item in results table
|| '''Items archived''' by the selected '''author''' are shown in the '''results''' table.
|-
|| Point to '''Secure State Estimation Against Sensor Attacks in the Presence of Noise'''
|| The '''results''' table shows an '''Item''' which we browsed by '''author'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This is how '''archived Items''' can be found using the '''browse by Authors''' feature.
|-
|| Narration only
|| In a similar way, '''Items''' can be browsed by '''Title '''and''' Subject '''also'''.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us learn to find an '''Item''' using the '''Search '''feature.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' tab
|| Click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Keywords''' are used to find '''Items''' using the '''Search '''feature in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to the search box
|| Enter a '''keyword''' in the '''search '''field of the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Enter Keyword “'''State'''”
|| I will type the '''keyword “State”.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Search''' button
|| Then, click on the '''Search''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Search'''
|| The '''Search '''page opens up.
|-
|| locate the '''Item hits '''table
|| Locate the '''Item hits '''table.
|-
|| Show Search results
|| All the '''Items''' having the specified '''keyword''' in '''metadata,''' are listed in the '''results '''table.
|-
|| Point to '''Secure State Estimation Against Sensor Attacks in the Presence of Noise'''
|| The '''Item hits''' table shows the '''Item''' which we searched by its '''keyword'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| If the '''results''' show a large number of '''Items''', then finding a particular '''Item''' can get tedious.
|-
|| Point to '''Search''' and '''Filters'''
|| '''DSpace''' facilitates refining the '''results''' using the '''search scope''' and '''Filters.'''
|-
|| Point to Dropdown next to search
|| The dropdown next to '''Search''' is used for setting the '''scope''' of a '''search'''.
|-
|| Point to options in dropdown
|| This dropdown contains options like '''All of DSpace, '''and the name of all '''Communities''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Select '''All of DSpace'''
|| For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''All of DSpace '''option.
|-
|| Point to '''Search Keyword'''
|| Also, I will keep the same '''keyword''' which we entered earlier.
|-
|| Point to Filters
|| Additionally, we can apply '''filters''' to refine the '''search results'''.
|-
|| Show filter in dropdown
|| We can add '''filters''' like '''Title, Author, Subject, Date Issued, Has File(s)'''.
|-
|| Select '''Title''' filter
|| I will select the '''Title filter'''.
|-
|| Point to operations '''Equals, Contains, ID, Not Equals, Not Contains, Not ID'''
|| For a chosen '''filter''', we can set operations like '''Equals, Contains, ID, Not Equals, Not Contains, Not ID.'''
|-
|| Select '''Contains'''
|| I will select '''Contains.'''
|-
|| Point to field in '''filter''' section
|| Next, we need to provide '''filtration criteria''' in the field in the '''filter''' section.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Filtration criteria''' is used by applied '''filters''' for refining the '''search results'''.
As a '''criteria''', we can provide '''Title/Author/Subject/Date Issued, '''etc.
|-
|| Enter Title
'''Secure State Estimation'''
|| As I have selected the '''Title filter''', I will set this criteria.
This criteria is nothing but some words from the actual '''title''' of the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Click on Add button in filter section
|| Then, click on the '''Add '''button in the '''filter''' section to apply the '''filter'''.''' '''
|-
|| Point to search results
|| Observe that the search '''result''' is updated.
And, now the search '''result''' shows only those '''Items''' that fulfill the '''filter''' criteria.
|-
|| Point to '''Secure State Estimation Against Sensor Attacks in the Presence of Noise'''
|| The '''Item hits''' table shows an '''Item''' which we searched using the '''filters'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We can apply multiple '''filters '''also, by following the same steps mentioned earlier.
|-
|| Point to '''X '''button
|| We can remove the set '''filters''' by clicking this '''cross''' button.
I will skip this.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let’s proceed to search '''Item''' using the '''Discover '''feature.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''DSpace''' '''discovery''' enables '''Item search''' using '''facets'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Discover'''
|| The '''Search '''page has the '''Discover''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Author, Subject, Date issued''' and '''Has File(s)'''
|| The '''Discover''' section contains '''facets''' for''' Author, Subject, Date issued''' and '''Has File(s).'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Facets''' are break-ups of search results into '''categories''' like '''Author, Subject, Date issued''' and '''Has File(s)'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Author''' name and number of '''Items'''
|| Each listed record in '''facet''' shows the number of associated '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us find '''Items''' using '''Author''' '''facet'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To do so, click on the '''Author''' name in '''Author facet.'''
|-
|| Click on Mishra
|| Again, I will choose '''Mishra'''.
|-
|| Point to Search Page
|| Observe that the '''Search '''page is updated.
|-
|| Locate '''Item hits''' table
|| Locate '''Item hits''' table.
|-
|| Point to '''Secure State Estimation Against Sensor Attacks in the Presence of Noise'''
|| Observe that the '''Item archived''' by the chosen '''author''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This is how we can use '''Search''' and '''Discover '''features for searching '''Items'''.''' '''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Find an '''Item '''using '''Browse '''
* Find an '''Item''' using '''Search''' and
* Find an '''Item''' using '''Discover'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Overview-of-DSpace/English

2021-02-11T10:11:00Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: '''Overview of DSpace

'''Author: '''Pankaj Patil

'''Keywords: '''DSpace, DSpace Overview, DSpace Basics, DSpace features, Dublin Core, Metadata standard, DSpace repositories, Overview of DSpace, Spoken Tutorial, Video Tutorial

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Hello and welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Overview of DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide : Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about :
* '''DSpace '''as a''' Digital Repository System'''
* Notable '''DSpace repositories '''
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard '''and
* The content available in various tutorials in this series

|-
|| Slide: Prerequisite
|| To work with '''DSpace''' you should have basic knowledge of '''Library Science'''.
|-
|| Slide : System requirements
|| Throughout this series, we will be using:
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' '''18.04 / Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3
* '''gedit''' '''text editor (for Ubuntu) / Wordpad ( for Windows) '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However, you may use any other '''browser''' and '''text editor''' of your choice.

|-
|| Slide : System requirements
|| '''DSpace''' works on any one of the following '''Operating Systems.'''
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04 '''or
* '''Windows 8 '''or higher versions

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
||
* '''DSpace '''is a free and '''open source repository software package.'''
* '''DSpace '''is used for creating and managing '''repositories''' of '''digital content'''.

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace''' preserves and enables easy and open access to all types of '''digital '''content like,
* Text and images
* Video and audio
* '''Data sets, Web pages, learning objects, '''etc.

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace''' is a '''digital archival system''' and it has the best features of
* '''Content management systems''' and
* '''Document management systems'''

|-
|| Slide: Features of '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace '''offers the following features:
* Free and '''open source software'''
* Completely customizable to fit user needs
* Structured workflow for document submission

|-
|| Slide: Features of '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Metadata '''and full text indexing for search
* Granular group-based access control
* '''UTF-8''' support
* Manage and preserve all formats of '''digital content'''

|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace''' Usage
|| '''DSpace''' is used by educational, government, private and commercial institutions like
* Museums
* State archives, State and National Libraries and
* Journal repositories and consortiums

|-
|| Slide: Notable '''DSpace '''Repositories
|| Notable '''DSpace repositories''' are
* '''The World Bank - Open Knowledge Repository'''
* '''WHO Institutional Repository'''
* '''Shodhganga ''': A reservoir of Indian theses
* Institutional repositories of '''IITs '''and '''IIMs '''

|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''DSpace '''uses the '''Dublin Core metadata standard''' for '''digital content '''submission.

|-
|| Slide:'''Dublin Core''' Metadata Standard
|| Now, let us proceed to learn about the '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''.
* '''Dublin Core metadata standard''' is a set of elements for describing resources.
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard''' can be used to describe '''digital''' resources and physical resources.

|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now, let us explore each element of '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''.

This is also known as '''DC''' element, in short.
|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Title: '''is a name given to the resource.
* '''Creator: '''is an entity primarily responsible for making the resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Contributor: '''is an entity responsible for making contributions to the resource.
* '''Date: '''is a point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Description: '''is the description of the resource
* '''Coverage: '''is a geographic location, date/period, or administrative entity of the resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Format: '''stands for the file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource.
* '''Identifier: '''is the unique reference to the resource within a given context.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Language: '''is the language of the resource.
* '''Type: '''is the nature or genre of the resource.
* '''Relation: '''is''' '''A related resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Rights: '''are information about rights held in and over the resource.
* '''Publisher: '''is an entity responsible for making the resource available.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Source: '''is a related resource from which the described resource is derived.
* '''Subject: '''is the topic of the resource.

|-
| " | Only Narration
| " | Now, let’s briefly go through various tutorials available in this series.

|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace''' Installation on '''Windows 10'''
|| If you are a '''Windows 10 OS user''',''' '''use these tutorials to install '''DSpace''' and customize it.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10'''
|| The initial tutorial is about installing and setting '''environment variables''' for '''JDK, Maven '''and''' Ant''' on '''Windows 10 OS.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Setting up Tomcat and Postgresql on Windows 10'''
|| After this, we will install '''Tomcat''' and '''Postgresql on Windows 10'''.

Also, we will create a '''DSpace database'''.
|-
| " | Slide: Software versions
||
* If you can’t find the same versions of software used in the demonstration, use any other stable versions.
* But, It is mandatory to use only '''JDK 8 ('''with''' '''any release).

|-
|| Glimpse of '''Dspace Installation on Windows 10 OS'''
|| In the '''DSpace Installation''' tutorial, we’ll see how to download, '''build''' and '''install DSpace 6.3.'''

Also, we will create a''' DSpace administrator account''' and '''login '''to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Email Configuration for DSpace on Windows OS'''
|| In the next tutorial, we’ll see how to '''configure email settings''' in '''DSpace '''hosted on '''Windows 10.'''

We will also learn how to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace, '''to update the changes on the '''server'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Customization of DSpace home page (on Windows 10)'''
|| This is followed by the tutorial on '''customizing''' the '''homepage''' of '''DSpace '''hosted on''' Windows 10.'''

|-
|| Slide: DSpace Installation on '''Ubuntu Linux OS'''
|| If you are an '''Ubuntu Linux OS user''', use these tutorials''' '''to install '''DSpace''' and '''customize''' it.
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Getting ready for DSpace Installation'''
|| We first have the tutorial on '''installing''' the necessary basic '''packages''' on '''Ubuntu OS version 18.04.'''

We will '''install JDK8''', '''Ant''' and '''Maven build''' tools.

Also, we will '''install''' and''' configure Apache Tomcat8''' as a '''web server''' and '''Postgresql10 '''as a '''database server. '''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' DSpace Installation on Ubuntu Linux OS'''
|| After this, we’ll see how to download, '''build''' and '''install DSpace 6.3.'''

We will also learn how to create a''' DSpace administrator account''' and '''login''' to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Email configuration for DSpace'''
|| In the next tutorial, we’ll see how to '''configure email settings''' in '''DSpace.'''

We will also learn how to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace, '''to update the changes on the '''server'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Customization of DSpace Home Page'''
|| This is followed by the tutorial on '''customizing''' the '''DSpace homepage'''.

Here, we understand how to modify logos, banner content, news, etc.
|-
| " | Only narration
|| After '''Installation''' and '''Customization''' tutorials on '''Windows''' and '''Ubuntu OS''', we have common tutorials for both the '''users'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''User Registration in DSpace'''
|| Next, we’ll see how to do '''user registration''' in '''DSpace''', and also know the different '''user roles''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Managing DSpace user accounts'''

|| Then, we will see how to add, edit and delete '''users''' using '''administrator authority'''.

Also, we will learn how to create and manage '''groups''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Create Community and sub-community'''

|| Next, we’ll see how to create, edit and delete''' Community '''and '''Sub-community.'''

We will also assign a '''Community Administrator '''for the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Create Collection'''

|| This is followed by a tutorial on how to create, edit and delete''' Collections.'''

We will also assign a '''Collection Administrator '''for the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Item submission in DSpace'''
|| Next, we will see how to fill '''Item submission form '''and submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Item Review in DSpace '''

|| '''Items''' submitted in the previous tutorial will be reviewed in this tutorial.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Batch Import of Items'''
|| This is followed by a tutorial on '''Batch import''' of '''Items.'''

In this tutorial, we will see how to create '''SAF '''and''' '''import a '''batch''' of '''Items''' in the '''Collection.'''
|-
| " | '''DSpace Spoken Tutorial Page'''
|| Later on, there will be more tutorials in this series.

Please check the '''Spoken Tutorial website''' regularly for the latest topics.
|-
|| Only narration
|| With this we have come to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide : Summary

|| In this tutorial, we learnt about:
* '''DSpace '''as''' Digital Repository System'''
* Notable '''DSpace repositories'''
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard '''and
* The content available in various tutorials in this series

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
||
* The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
* Please download and watch it.

|-
|| Slide: Spoken Tutorial workshops
||
* The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
* For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
||
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* The Spoken Tutorial project will ensure an answer.
* You will have to register to ask questions.

|-
|| Slide : Forum for specific questions
||
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.
* This will help reduce the clutter.
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.

|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Overview-of-DSpace/English

2021-02-11T10:06:18Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: '''Overview of DSpace

'''Author: '''Pankaj Patil

'''Keywords: '''DSpace, DSpace Overview, DSpace Basics, DSpace features, Dublin Core, Metadata standard, DSpace repositories, Overview of DSpace, Spoken Tutorial, Video Tutorial

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Hello and welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Overview of DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide : Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about :
* '''DSpace '''as a''' Digital Repository System'''
* Notable '''DSpace repositories '''
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard '''and
* The content available in various tutorials in this series

|-
|| Slide: Prerequisite
|| To work with '''DSpace''' you should have basic knowledge of '''Library Science'''.
|-
|| Slide : System requirements
|| Throughout this series, we will be using:
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' '''18.04 / Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3
* '''gedit''' '''text editor (for Ubuntu) / Wordpad ( for Windows) '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However, you may use any other '''browser''' and '''text editor''' of your choice.

|-
|| Slide : System requirements
|| '''DSpace''' works on any one of the following '''Operating Systems.'''
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04 '''or
* '''Windows 8 '''or higher versions

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
||
* '''DSpace '''is a free and '''open source repository software package.'''
* '''DSpace '''is used for creating and managing '''repositories''' of '''digital content'''.

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace''' preserves and enables easy and open access to all types of '''digital '''content like,
* Text and images
* Video and audio
* '''Data sets, Web pages, learning objects, '''etc.

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace''' is a '''digital archival system''' and it has the best features of
* '''Content management systems''' and
* '''Document management systems'''

|-
|| Slide: Features of '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace '''offers the following features:
* Free and '''open source software'''
* Completely customizable to fit user needs
* Structured workflow for document submission

|-
|| Slide: Features of '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Metadata '''and full text indexing for search
* Granular group-based access control
* '''UTF-8''' support
* Manage and preserve all formats of '''digital content'''

|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace''' Usage
|| '''DSpace''' is used by educational, government, private and commercial institutions like
* Museums
* State archives, State and National Libraries and
* Journal repositories and consortiums

|-
|| Slide: Notable '''DSpace '''Repositories
|| Notable '''DSpace repositories''' are
* '''The World Bank - Open Knowledge Repository'''
* '''WHO Institutional Repository'''
* '''Shodhganga ''': A reservoir of Indian theses
* Institutional repositories of '''IITs '''and '''IIMs '''

|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''DSpace '''uses the '''Dublin Core metadata standard''' for '''digital content '''submission.

|-
|| Slide:'''Dublin Core''' Metadata Standard
|| Now, let us proceed to learn about the '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''.
* '''Dublin Core metadata standard''' is a set of elements for describing resources.
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard''' can be used to describe '''digital''' resources and physical resources.

|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now, let us explore each element of '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''.

This is also known as '''DC''' element, in short.
|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Title: '''is a name given to the resource.
* '''Creator: '''is an entity primarily responsible for making the resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Contributor: '''is an entity responsible for making contributions to the resource.
* '''Date: '''is a point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Description: '''is the description of the resource
* '''Coverage: '''is a geographic location, date/period, or administrative entity of the resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Format: '''stands for the file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource.
* '''Identifier: '''is the unique reference to the resource within a given context.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Language: '''is the language of the resource.
* '''Type: '''is the nature or genre of the resource.
* '''Relation: '''is''' '''A related resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Rights: '''are information about rights held in and over the resource.
* '''Publisher: '''is an entity responsible for making the resource available.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
||
* '''Source: '''is a related resource from which the described resource is derived.
* '''Subject: '''is the topic of the resource.

|-
| " | Only Narration
| " | Now, let’s briefly go through various tutorials available in this series.

|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace''' Installation on '''Windows 10'''
|| If you are a '''Windows 10 OS user''',''' '''use these tutorials to install '''DSpace''' and customize it.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10'''
|| The initial tutorial is about installing and setting '''environment variables''' for '''JDK, Maven '''and''' Ant''' on '''Windows 10 OS.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Setting up Tomcat and Postgresql on Windows 10'''
|| After this, we will install '''Tomcat''' and '''Postgresql on Windows 10'''.

Also, we will create a '''DSpace database'''.
|-
| " | Slide: Software versions
||
* If you can’t find the same versions of software used in the demonstration, use any other stable versions.
* But, It is mandatory to use only '''JDK 8 ('''with''' '''any release).

|-
|| Glimpse of '''Dspace Installation on Windows 10 OS'''
|| In the '''DSpace Installation''' tutorial, we’ll see how to download, '''build''' and '''install DSpace 6.3.'''

Also, we will create a''' DSpace administrator account''' and '''login '''to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Email Configuration for DSpace on Windows OS'''
|| In the next tutorial, we’ll see how to '''configure email settings''' in '''DSpace '''hosted on '''Windows 10.'''

We will also learn how to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace, '''to update the changes on the '''server'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Customization of DSpace home page (on Windows 10)'''
|| This is followed by the tutorial on '''customizing''' the '''homepage''' of '''DSpace '''hosted on''' Windows 10.'''

|-
|| Slide: DSpace Installation on '''Ubuntu Linux OS'''
|| If you are an '''Ubuntu Linux OS user''', use these tutorials''' '''to install '''DSpace''' and '''customize''' it.
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Getting ready for DSpace Installation'''
|| We first have the tutorial on '''installing''' the necessary basic '''packages''' on '''Ubuntu OS version 18.04.'''

We will '''install JDK8''', '''Ant''' and '''Maven build''' tools.

Also, we will '''install''' and''' configure Apache Tomcat8''' as a '''web server''' and '''Postgresql10 '''as a '''database server. '''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' DSpace Installation on Ubuntu Linux OS'''
|| After this, we’ll see how to download, '''build''' and '''install DSpace 6.3.'''

We will also learn how to create a''' DSpace administrator account''' and '''login''' to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Email configuration for DSpace'''
|| In the next tutorial, we’ll see how to '''configure email settings''' in '''DSpace.'''

We will also learn how to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace, '''to update the changes on the '''server'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Customization of DSpace Home Page'''
|| This is followed by the tutorial on '''customizing''' the '''DSpace homepage'''.

Here, we understand how to modify logos, banner content, news, etc.
|-
| " | Only narration
|| After '''Installation''' and '''Customization''' tutorials on '''Windows''' and '''Ubuntu OS''', we have common tutorials for both the '''users'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''User Registration in DSpace'''
|| Next, we’ll see how to do '''user registration''' in '''DSpace''', and also know the different '''user roles''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Managing DSpace user accounts'''

|| Then, we will see how to add, edit and delete '''users''' using '''administrator authority'''.

Also, we will learn how to create and manage '''groups''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Create Community and sub-community'''

|| Next, we’ll see how to create, edit and delete''' Community '''and '''Sub-community.'''

We will also assign a '''Community Administrator '''for the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Create Collection'''

|| This is followed by a tutorial on how to create, edit and delete''' Collections.'''

We will also assign a '''Collection Administrator '''for the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Item submission in DSpace'''
|| Next, we will see how to fill '''Item submission form '''and submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Item Review in DSpace '''(03:16 -03:20)>>(07:17-07:22)

|| '''Items''' submitted in the previous tutorial will be reviewed in this tutorial.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Batch Import of Items'''
|| This is followed by a tutorial on '''Batch import''' of '''Items.'''

In this tutorial, we will see how to create '''SAF '''and''' '''import a '''batch''' of '''Items''' in the '''Collection.'''
|-
| " | '''DSpace Spoken Tutorial Page'''
|| Later on, there will be more tutorials in this series.

Please check the '''Spoken Tutorial website''' regularly for the latest topics.
|-
|| Only narration
|| With this we have come to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide : Summary

|| In this tutorial, we learnt about:
* '''DSpace '''as''' Digital Repository System'''
* Notable '''DSpace repositories'''
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard '''and
* The content available in various tutorials in this series

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
||
* The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
* Please download and watch it.

|-
|| Slide: Spoken Tutorial workshops
||
* The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
* For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
||
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* The Spoken Tutorial project will ensure an answer.
* You will have to register to ask questions.

|-
|| Slide : Forum for specific questions
||
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.
* This will help reduce the clutter.
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.

|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Overview-of-DSpace/English

2021-02-11T06:31:53Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script: '''Overview of DSpace '''Author: '''Pankaj Patil '''Keywords: '''DSpace, DSpace Overview, DSpace Basics, DSpace features, Dublin Core, Metadata standard, DSpace r..."

'''Script: '''Overview of DSpace

'''Author: '''Pankaj Patil

'''Keywords: '''DSpace, DSpace Overview, DSpace Basics, DSpace features, Dublin Core, Metadata standard, DSpace repositories, Overview of DSpace, Spoken Tutorial, Video Tutorial

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Hello and welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Overview of DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide : Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about :
* '''DSpace '''as a''' Digital Repository System'''
* Notable '''DSpace repositories '''
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard '''and
* The content available in various tutorials in this series

|-
|| Slide: Prerequisite
|| To work with '''DSpace''' you should have basic knowledge of '''Library Science'''.
|-
|| Slide : System requirements
|| Throughout this series, we will be using:
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' '''18.04 / Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3
* '''gedit''' '''text editor (for Ubuntu) / Wordpad ( for Windows) '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However, you may use any other '''browser''' and '''text editor''' of your choice.

|-
|| Slide : System requirements
|| '''DSpace''' works on any one of the following '''Operating Systems.'''
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04 '''or
* '''Windows 8 '''or higher versions

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
|| * '''DSpace '''is a free and '''open source repository software package.'''
* '''DSpace '''is used for creating and managing '''repositories''' of '''digital content'''.

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace''' preserves and enables easy and open access to all types of '''digital '''content like,
* Text and images
* Video and audio
* '''Data sets, Web pages, learning objects, '''etc.

|-
|| Slide: Introduction to '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace''' is a '''digital archival system''' and it has the best features of
* '''Content management systems''' and
* '''Document management systems'''

|-
|| Slide: Features of '''DSpace'''
|| '''DSpace '''offers the following features:
* Free and '''open source software'''
* Completely customizable to fit user needs
* Structured workflow for document submission

|-
|| Slide: Features of '''DSpace'''
|| * '''Metadata '''and full text indexing for search
* Granular group-based access control
* '''UTF-8''' support
* Manage and preserve all formats of '''digital content'''

|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace''' Usage
|| '''DSpace''' is used by educational, government, private and commercial institutions like
* Museums
* State archives, State and National Libraries and
* Journal repositories and consortiums

|-
|| Slide: Notable '''DSpace '''Repositories
|| Notable '''DSpace repositories''' are
* '''The World Bank - Open Knowledge Repository'''
* '''WHO Institutional Repository'''
* '''Shodhganga ''': A reservoir of Indian theses
* Institutional repositories of '''IITs '''and '''IIMs '''

|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''DSpace '''uses the '''Dublin Core metadata standard''' for '''digital content '''submission.

|-
|| Slide:'''Dublin Core''' Metadata Standard
|| Now, let us proceed to learn about the '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''.
* '''Dublin Core metadata standard''' is a set of elements for describing resources.
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard''' can be used to describe '''digital''' resources and physical resources.

|-
|| Only Narration
|| Now, let us explore each element of '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''.

This is also known as '''DC''' element, in short.
|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
|| * '''Title: '''is a name given to the resource.
* '''Creator: '''is an entity primarily responsible for making the resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
|| * '''Contributor: '''is an entity responsible for making contributions to the resource.
* '''Date: '''is a point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
|| * '''Description: '''is the description of the resource
* '''Coverage: '''is a geographic location, date/period, or administrative entity of the resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
|| * '''Format: '''stands for the file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource.
* '''Identifier: '''is the unique reference to the resource within a given context.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
|| * '''Language: '''is the language of the resource.
* '''Type: '''is the nature or genre of the resource.
* '''Relation: '''is''' '''A related resource.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
|| * '''Rights: '''are information about rights held in and over the resource.
* '''Publisher: '''is an entity responsible for making the resource available.

|-
|| Slide: '''DC''' Element
|| * '''Source: '''is a related resource from which the described resource is derived.
* '''Subject: '''is the topic of the resource.

|-
| " | Only Narration
| " | Now, let’s briefly go through various tutorials available in this series.

|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace''' Installation on '''Windows 10'''
|| If you are a '''Windows 10 OS user''',''' '''use these tutorials to install '''DSpace''' and customize it.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10'''
|| The initial tutorial is about installing and setting '''environment variables''' for '''JDK, Maven '''and''' Ant''' on '''Windows 10 OS.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Setting up Tomcat and Postgresql on Windows 10'''
|| After this, we will install '''Tomcat''' and '''Postgresql on Windows 10'''.

Also, we will create a '''DSpace database'''.
|-
| " | Slide: Software versions
|| * If you can’t find the same versions of software used in the demonstration, use any other stable versions.
* But, It is mandatory to use only '''JDK 8 ('''with''' '''any release).

|-
|| Glimpse of '''Dspace Installation on Windows 10 OS'''
|| In the '''DSpace Installation''' tutorial, we’ll see how to download, '''build''' and '''install DSpace 6.3.'''

Also, we will create a''' DSpace administrator account''' and '''login '''to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Email Configuration for DSpace on Windows OS'''
|| In the next tutorial, we’ll see how to '''configure email settings''' in '''DSpace '''hosted on '''Windows 10.'''

We will also learn how to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace, '''to update the changes on the '''server'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Customization of DSpace home page (on Windows 10)'''
|| This is followed by the tutorial on '''customizing''' the '''homepage''' of '''DSpace '''hosted on''' Windows 10.'''

|-
|| Slide: DSpace Installation on '''Ubuntu Linux OS'''
|| If you are an '''Ubuntu Linux OS user''', use these tutorials''' '''to install '''DSpace''' and '''customize''' it.
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Getting ready for DSpace Installation'''
|| We first have the tutorial on '''installing''' the necessary basic '''packages''' on '''Ubuntu OS version 18.04.'''

We will '''install JDK8''', '''Ant''' and '''Maven build''' tools.

Also, we will '''install''' and''' configure Apache Tomcat8''' as a '''web server''' and '''Postgresql10 '''as a '''database server. '''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' DSpace Installation on Ubuntu Linux OS'''
|| After this, we’ll see how to download, '''build''' and '''install DSpace 6.3.'''

We will also learn how to create a''' DSpace administrator account''' and '''login''' to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Email configuration for DSpace'''
|| In the next tutorial, we’ll see how to '''configure email settings''' in '''DSpace.'''

We will also learn how to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace, '''to update the changes on the '''server'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Customization of DSpace Home Page'''
|| This is followed by the tutorial on '''customizing''' the '''DSpace homepage'''.

Here, we understand how to modify logos, banner content, news, etc.
|-
| " | Only narration
|| After '''Installation''' and '''Customization''' tutorials on '''Windows''' and '''Ubuntu OS''', we have common tutorials for both the '''users'''.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''User Registration in DSpace'''
|| Next, we’ll see how to do '''user registration''' in '''DSpace''', and also know the different '''user roles''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Managing DSpace user accounts'''

|| Then, we will see how to add, edit and delete '''users''' using '''administrator authority'''.

Also, we will learn how to create and manage '''groups''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Create Community and sub-community'''

|| Next, we’ll see how to create, edit and delete''' Community '''and '''Sub-community.'''

We will also assign a '''Community Administrator '''for the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Create Collection'''

|| This is followed by a tutorial on how to create, edit and delete''' Collections.'''

We will also assign a '''Collection Administrator '''for the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Item submission in DSpace'''
|| Next, we will see how to fill '''Item submission form '''and submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Glimpse of''' Item Review in DSpace '''(03:16 -03:20)>>(07:17-07:22)

|| '''Items''' submitted in the previous tutorial will be reviewed in this tutorial.
|-
|| Glimpse of '''Batch Import of Items'''
|| This is followed by a tutorial on '''Batch import''' of '''Items.'''

In this tutorial, we will see how to create '''SAF '''and''' '''import a '''batch''' of '''Items''' in the '''Collection.'''
|-
| " | '''DSpace Spoken Tutorial Page'''
|| Later on, there will be more tutorials in this series.

Please check the '''Spoken Tutorial website''' regularly for the latest topics.
|-
|| Only narration
|| With this we have come to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide : Summary

|| In this tutorial, we learnt about:
* '''DSpace '''as''' Digital Repository System'''
* Notable '''DSpace repositories'''
* '''Dublin Core''' '''metadata standard '''and
* The content available in various tutorials in this series

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
||
* The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
* Please download and watch it.

|-
|| Slide: Spoken Tutorial workshops
||
* The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
* For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
||
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* The Spoken Tutorial project will ensure an answer.
* You will have to register to ask questions.

|-
|| Slide : Forum for specific questions
||
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.
* This will help reduce the clutter.
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.

|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/DSpace-Installation-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T10:43:05Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: Dspace installation on Windows 10 OS'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace installation, DSpace build, DSpace deployment, DSpace administrator account, local.cfg configuration, Dspace on Windows 10 OS'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Dspace Installation on Windows 10 OS.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Install DSpace''' on '''Windows 10 OS'''
* Crossverify '''DSpace installation''' and
* Create a '''DSpace administrator account'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''editor''' or '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''Java, Tomcat 8, Postgresql 11, Ant, Maven, git'''
* Configured '''Tomcat 8 server '''and
* Created a '''dspace database '''in''' Postgresql 11.'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| You will also need minimum 5 unique '''email ids''' for practising various '''roles''' in '''DSpace'''.
If you don’t have, then please create them before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad '''and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in '''WordPad editor '''on my machine.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us begin.
First, we will download the '''source code''' for '''DSpace 6.3.'''
|-
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:
'''https://github.com/DSpace/DSpace/releases/download/dspace-6.3/dspace-6.3-src-release.zip'''
|| In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
| | Go to the place where you have downloaded the file on your machine.
In my case it is in the '''Downloads folder.'''
|-
|| Copy '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file to '''C''' drive
|| Copy the '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file to '''C''' drive.
|-
|| Click''' Continue'''
|| When '''prompted, '''click''' '''on''' Continue '''to provide '''administrator''' permissions for copy.
|-
|| Unzip '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file
|| Now unzip '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file using '''7-zip''' as shown.
|-
|| Point to folder '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''
|| The contents of the '''zip '''file are extracted into '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''folder.
|-
|| Browse and Point to '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' in folder view
'''C Drive >> dspace-6.3-src-release >> dspace >> config>>local.cfg.EXAMPLE'''
|| '''DSpace source code''' has '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE, '''which is a sample '''DSpace configuration'''.
'''DSpace''' checks for the '''configuration''' in the '''local.cfg''' file.
|-
|| Slide : '''local.cfg''' file
|| '''local.cfg''' file can be created in two ways:
# Renaming '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' as '''local.cfg'''
# Copying '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' as '''local.cfg'''
|-
|| Create copy of '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE '''as '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE'''
|| First we’ll make a copy of '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE '''file by pressing '''Ctrl + C''' and then '''Ctrl + V''' as shown.
|-
|| Rename '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE '''file as '''local.cfg.'''
|| Then rename the '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE '''file as '''local.cfg.'''
|-
|| Click '''Yes''' button
|| Click on the''' Yes''' button to confirm the renaming.
|-
|| Open '''local.cfg '''file with '''WordPad'''
|| Now open the '''local.cfg '''file with '''WordPad editor.'''
|-
|| '''SERVER CONFIGURATION'''
|| Locate the '''SERVER CONFIGURATION '''section.
|-
|| Enter the path of installation directory
'''dspace.dir=C:/dspace'''
|| Here, I have set the values for some '''parameters'''.
Kindly update in your '''configuration''' file also.
'''Webapps '''created during '''dspace installation''' will be stored in''' dspace.dir path'''.
Value for '''dspace.dir''' is''' C:/dspace'''
|-
|| '''dspace.ui = xmlui'''
'''dspace.ui ='''
|| The default value of '''dspace.ui''' is '''xmlui'''.
We will remove that value and leave it as blank.
'''dspace.ui '''is left blank to enable '''email-based user verification.'''
|-
|| '''Highlight'''
'''dspace.hostname = localhost'''

'''dspace.baseUrl = http://localhost:8080'''

'''solr.server = http://localhost:8080/solr'''

|| Now suppose we are working on a '''remote machine'''.
Then set the '''machine ip''' as a value for '''dspace.hostname''', '''dspace.baseUrl '''and '''solr.server.'''
|-
|| Point to '''DATABASE CONFIGURATION'''
'''db.username = dspace'''
'''db.password = dbuserpass'''
|| Locate '''DATABASE CONFIGURATION '''section.
Enter the value for '''db.username''' as '''dspace''' and '''db.password''' as '''dbuserpass'''.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl + S '''>> Close File
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Now go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''
Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Command Prompt'''
|| Click on the '''Command Prompt application'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards please remember to press the '''Enter '''key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace-6.3-src-release'''
|| Using '''cd command''' go to the '''directory dspace-6.3-src-release '''in the '''C''' drive.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''mvn -U clean package'''
|| '''Maven package''' is used to download external''' Java libraries''' and '''build''' the '''source code'''.
To '''build''' '''DSpace''', type the '''command''' as shown here.
The download may''' '''take some time depending on your '''internet speed'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Highlight:
'''BUILD SUCCESS''' message
|| Once the download is complete, '''BUILD SUCCESS''' message will be displayed on the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Slide: Troubleshoot for build failure
|| In case you get '''BUILD FAILED '''message, do the following-
* Verify all the steps '''executed''' earlier by referring to the prerequisite tutorials.
* Also check the version of all the '''packages '''installed.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace-6.3-src-release\dspace\target\dspace-installer'''
|| Now, using the '''cd command''' go to the '''directory dspace-installer.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''ant fresh_install'''
|| '''Apache Ant '''is a tool used to '''build DSpace binaries.'''
To '''install DSpace''' using '''Ant''', type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Highlight:
'''BUILD SUCCESSFUL''' message
|| Once the '''installation''' is complete, '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL''' message will be displayed on the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Next, we will create a '''DSpace administrator account''' and set the '''credentials'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace\bin'''
|| Using '''cd command''' change the '''present working directory''' to '''dspace bin directory.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''dspace create-administrator'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to create a '''DSpace administrator.'''
|-
|| Email: [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]
First name : User1
|| Type the values for '''email address''' and '''First name '''as shown.
These are mandatory '''fields'''.
|-
|| Last name :
|| I’m skipping the '''Last name '''field.
|-
|| Password : u1pass
|| Now '''set''' the '''password''' for the '''dspace admin account.'''
I will type '''u1pass''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Retype the admin password
Password: u1pass
|| Type the '''password '''once again and press '''Enter.'''
|-
|| Type '''Y''' to confirm entered details.
|| The '''prompt''' will ask us to type '''Y''' to confirm the newly added details.
Type '''Y''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| '''Administrator’s credentials''' are used to '''login''' to the '''DSpace portal''' with '''Administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Close the '''Command Prompt'''
|| Close the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to '''deploy dspace webapps '''on''' Tomcat.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Administrative privileges''' are required to '''deploy webapps'''.
Therefore, let us open the '''command prompt '''with''' Administrative privileges.'''
|-
|| Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''
Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
|| Right Click on '''Command Prompt -> Run as administrator'''
|| From the displayed list, right-click on '''Command Prompt application''' and select '''Run as administrator.'''
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''yes'''
|| If '''prompted, '''click''' '''on the''' Yes '''button in the '''User Account Control''' dialog box.
|-
|| Point to '''Administrator:Command Prompt'''
|| '''Command Prompt''' opens with the '''administrator privileges'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation\Tomcat 8.5\webapps'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to navigate to '''Tomcat webapps.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type: '''dir'''
|| Type''' dir '''to see the folder contents.
|-
|| Point to '''ROOT '''directory''' '''
|| '''ROOT '''is the default''' webapp '''created during '''Tomcat installation'''.''' '''
'''Tomcat server''' redirects '''client requests''' to default '''ROOT''' '''webapp'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''rename ROOT DEFAULT_ROOT '''
|| For '''DSpace''', we need to '''set''' up '''JSPUI''' as a '''ROOT web app'''.
Therefore, we will rename''' '''the '''ROOT '''as '''DEFAULT_ROOT.'''
To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, we will '''deploy DSpace webapps''' on '''Tomcat.'''
'''DSpace''' offers '''JSP''' and '''XML''' based '''user interfaces'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''mklink /D ROOT C:\dspace\webapps\jspui'''
|| We will '''deploy DSpace''' with the '''JSPUI interface''' as default.
To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D rest C:\dspace\webapps\rest'''
|| Next we’ll '''deploy rest webapp,''' by typing the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D solr C:\dspace\webapps\solr'''
|| Now, we will '''deploy solr webapp,''' by typing this '''command'''.
|-
|| '''mklink /D oai C:\dspace\webapps\oai'''
|| Next, to '''deploy oai webapp,''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D sword C:\dspace\webapps\sword'''
|| Lastly, we’ll '''deploy sword webapp,''' by typing this '''command'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Now, let us '''restart Tomcat server'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation\Tomcat 8.5\bin'''
|| Using '''cd command''' change '''present working directory''' to '''Tomcat bin.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''Tomcat8.exe stop'''
|| To stop the '''Tomcat server''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''Tomcat8.exe start'''
|| To start the '''Tomcat server''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| Narration only
|| If '''tomcat''' is not '''restart'''ed''', '''then the '''deployed applications''' will not be effective to handle '''client requests.'''
|-
|| Restart the System
|| Finally, '''restart''' the system before accessing '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully '''installed DSpace.'''
Next, let us proceed to access '''DSpace''' through the '''web''' '''browser.'''
|-
|| '''Browser >>'''
'''http://localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
Type'''http://localhost:8080''' in the '''address bar'''.
If you have '''set''' any '''ip address''' in the '''configuration''', then type that '''ip''' instead of '''localhost'''.
And press '''Enter'''.
The '''DSpace home page''' appears on the '''browser'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, we will '''login''' to '''DSpace''' with our '''administrator account'''.
|-
|| Click''' Sign on to tab > My DSpace'''
|| Click on '''Sign on to '''tab at the top right corner.
Select '''My DSpace''' from the drop-down.
The form '''Log In to''' '''DSpace''' opens.
|-
|| Enter Email Address and Password
Email: dspace.u1@gmail.com
Password: u1pass
|| Type in the '''email address''' and '''password''' of the '''administrator'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Log In '''button
|| Then click on the '''Log In''' button below the '''password''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace '''section
|| The '''administrator login''' is successful and '''My DSpace''' page appears.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us '''log out''' this '''user''' from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Logged in '''tab in the top right corner
|| Click on the '''Logged in '''tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''Logout '''from drop down
|| Select '''Logout '''from the drop-down.
|-
|| Point to '''Logged out '''message
|| The '''user''' has been '''logged out'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
| | Slide : Summary
| | In this tutorial, we learnt to-
* '''Install DSpace''' on''' Windows 10 OS '''
* Crossverify '''DSpace installation''' and
* Create a '''DSpace administrator account'''
|-
| | Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
| | The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
| | Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
| | The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -I
| | '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -II
| | '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
| | Narration only
| | This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is Nancy Varkey signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/DSpace-Installation-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T10:42:18Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: Dspace installation on Windows 10 OS'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace installation, DSpace build, DSpace deployment, DSpace administrator account, local.cfg configuration, Dspace on Windows 10 OS'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Dspace Installation on Windows 10 OS.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Install DSpace''' on '''Windows 10 OS'''
* Crossverify '''DSpace installation''' and
* Create a '''DSpace administrator account'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''editor''' or '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''Java, Tomcat 8, Postgresql 11, Ant, Maven, git'''
* Configured '''Tomcat 8 server '''and
* Created a '''dspace database '''in''' Postgresql 11.'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| You will also need minimum 5 unique '''email ids''' for practising various '''roles''' in '''DSpace'''.
If you don’t have, then please create them before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad '''and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in '''WordPad editor '''on my machine.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us begin.
First, we will download the '''source code''' for '''DSpace 6.3.'''
|-
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:
'''https://github.com/DSpace/DSpace/releases/download/dspace-6.3/dspace-6.3-src-release.zip'''
|| In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
| | Go to the place where you have downloaded the file on your machine.
In my case it is in the '''Downloads folder.'''
|-
|| Copy '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file to '''C''' drive
|| Copy the '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file to '''C''' drive.
|-
|| Click''' Continue'''
|| When '''prompted, '''click''' '''on''' Continue '''to provide '''administrator''' permissions for copy.
|-
|| Unzip '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file
|| Now unzip '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file using '''7-zip''' as shown.
|-
|| Point to folder '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''
|| The contents of the '''zip '''file are extracted into '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''folder.
|-
|| Browse and Point to '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' in folder view
'''C Drive >> dspace-6.3-src-release >> dspace >> config>>local.cfg.EXAMPLE'''
|| '''DSpace source code''' has '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE, '''which is a sample '''DSpace configuration'''.
'''DSpace''' checks for the '''configuration''' in the '''local.cfg''' file.
|-
|| Slide : '''local.cfg''' file
|| '''local.cfg''' file can be created in two ways:
# Renaming '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' as '''local.cfg'''
# Copying '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' as '''local.cfg'''
|-
|| Create copy of '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE '''as '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE'''
|| First we’ll make a copy of '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE '''file by pressing '''Ctrl + C''' and then '''Ctrl + V''' as shown.
|-
|| Rename '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE '''file as '''local.cfg.'''
|| Then rename the '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE '''file as '''local.cfg.'''
|-
|| Click '''Yes''' button
|| Click on the''' Yes''' button to confirm the renaming.
|-
|| Open '''local.cfg '''file with '''WordPad'''
|| Now open the '''local.cfg '''file with '''WordPad editor.'''
|-
|| '''SERVER CONFIGURATION'''
|| Locate the '''SERVER CONFIGURATION '''section.
|-
|| Enter the path of installation directory
'''dspace.dir=C:/dspace'''
|| Here, I have set the values for some '''parameters'''.
Kindly update in your '''configuration''' file also.
'''Webapps '''created during '''dspace installation''' will be stored in''' dspace.dir path'''.
Value for '''dspace.dir''' is''' C:/dspace'''
|-
|| '''dspace.ui = xmlui'''
'''dspace.ui ='''
|| The default value of '''dspace.ui''' is '''xmlui'''.
We will remove that value and leave it as blank.
'''dspace.ui '''is left blank to enable '''email-based user verification.'''
|-
|| '''Highlight'''
'''dspace.hostname = localhost'''
'''dspace.baseUrl = http://localhost:8080'''
'''solr.server = http://localhost:8080/solr'''
|| Now suppose we are working on a '''remote machine'''.
Then set the '''machine ip''' as a value for '''dspace.hostname''', '''dspace.baseUrl '''and '''solr.server.'''
|-
|| Point to '''DATABASE CONFIGURATION'''
'''db.username = dspace'''
'''db.password = dbuserpass'''
|| Locate '''DATABASE CONFIGURATION '''section.
Enter the value for '''db.username''' as '''dspace''' and '''db.password''' as '''dbuserpass'''.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl + S '''>> Close File
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Now go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''
Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Command Prompt'''
|| Click on the '''Command Prompt application'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards please remember to press the '''Enter '''key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace-6.3-src-release'''
|| Using '''cd command''' go to the '''directory dspace-6.3-src-release '''in the '''C''' drive.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''mvn -U clean package'''
|| '''Maven package''' is used to download external''' Java libraries''' and '''build''' the '''source code'''.
To '''build''' '''DSpace''', type the '''command''' as shown here.
The download may''' '''take some time depending on your '''internet speed'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Highlight:
'''BUILD SUCCESS''' message
|| Once the download is complete, '''BUILD SUCCESS''' message will be displayed on the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Slide: Troubleshoot for build failure
|| In case you get '''BUILD FAILED '''message, do the following-
* Verify all the steps '''executed''' earlier by referring to the prerequisite tutorials.
* Also check the version of all the '''packages '''installed.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace-6.3-src-release\dspace\target\dspace-installer'''
|| Now, using the '''cd command''' go to the '''directory dspace-installer.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''ant fresh_install'''
|| '''Apache Ant '''is a tool used to '''build DSpace binaries.'''
To '''install DSpace''' using '''Ant''', type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Highlight:
'''BUILD SUCCESSFUL''' message
|| Once the '''installation''' is complete, '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL''' message will be displayed on the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Next, we will create a '''DSpace administrator account''' and set the '''credentials'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace\bin'''
|| Using '''cd command''' change the '''present working directory''' to '''dspace bin directory.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''dspace create-administrator'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to create a '''DSpace administrator.'''
|-
|| Email: [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]
First name : User1
|| Type the values for '''email address''' and '''First name '''as shown.
These are mandatory '''fields'''.
|-
|| Last name :
|| I’m skipping the '''Last name '''field.
|-
|| Password : u1pass
|| Now '''set''' the '''password''' for the '''dspace admin account.'''
I will type '''u1pass''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Retype the admin password
Password: u1pass
|| Type the '''password '''once again and press '''Enter.'''
|-
|| Type '''Y''' to confirm entered details.
|| The '''prompt''' will ask us to type '''Y''' to confirm the newly added details.
Type '''Y''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| '''Administrator’s credentials''' are used to '''login''' to the '''DSpace portal''' with '''Administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Close the '''Command Prompt'''
|| Close the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to '''deploy dspace webapps '''on''' Tomcat.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Administrative privileges''' are required to '''deploy webapps'''.
Therefore, let us open the '''command prompt '''with''' Administrative privileges.'''
|-
|| Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''
Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
|| Right Click on '''Command Prompt -> Run as administrator'''
|| From the displayed list, right-click on '''Command Prompt application''' and select '''Run as administrator.'''
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''yes'''
|| If '''prompted, '''click''' '''on the''' Yes '''button in the '''User Account Control''' dialog box.
|-
|| Point to '''Administrator:Command Prompt'''
|| '''Command Prompt''' opens with the '''administrator privileges'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation\Tomcat 8.5\webapps'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to navigate to '''Tomcat webapps.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type: '''dir'''
|| Type''' dir '''to see the folder contents.
|-
|| Point to '''ROOT '''directory''' '''
|| '''ROOT '''is the default''' webapp '''created during '''Tomcat installation'''.''' '''
'''Tomcat server''' redirects '''client requests''' to default '''ROOT''' '''webapp'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''rename ROOT DEFAULT_ROOT '''
|| For '''DSpace''', we need to '''set''' up '''JSPUI''' as a '''ROOT web app'''.
Therefore, we will rename''' '''the '''ROOT '''as '''DEFAULT_ROOT.'''
To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, we will '''deploy DSpace webapps''' on '''Tomcat.'''
'''DSpace''' offers '''JSP''' and '''XML''' based '''user interfaces'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''mklink /D ROOT C:\dspace\webapps\jspui'''
|| We will '''deploy DSpace''' with the '''JSPUI interface''' as default.
To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D rest C:\dspace\webapps\rest'''
|| Next we’ll '''deploy rest webapp,''' by typing the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D solr C:\dspace\webapps\solr'''
|| Now, we will '''deploy solr webapp,''' by typing this '''command'''.
|-
|| '''mklink /D oai C:\dspace\webapps\oai'''
|| Next, to '''deploy oai webapp,''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D sword C:\dspace\webapps\sword'''
|| Lastly, we’ll '''deploy sword webapp,''' by typing this '''command'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Now, let us '''restart Tomcat server'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation\Tomcat 8.5\bin'''
|| Using '''cd command''' change '''present working directory''' to '''Tomcat bin.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''Tomcat8.exe stop'''
|| To stop the '''Tomcat server''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''Tomcat8.exe start'''
|| To start the '''Tomcat server''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| Narration only
|| If '''tomcat''' is not '''restart'''ed''', '''then the '''deployed applications''' will not be effective to handle '''client requests.'''
|-
|| Restart the System
|| Finally, '''restart''' the system before accessing '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully '''installed DSpace.'''
Next, let us proceed to access '''DSpace''' through the '''web''' '''browser.'''
|-
|| '''Browser >>'''
'''http://localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
Type'''http://localhost:8080''' in the '''address bar'''.
If you have '''set''' any '''ip address''' in the '''configuration''', then type that '''ip''' instead of '''localhost'''.
And press '''Enter'''.
The '''DSpace home page''' appears on the '''browser'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, we will '''login''' to '''DSpace''' with our '''administrator account'''.
|-
|| Click''' Sign on to tab > My DSpace'''
|| Click on '''Sign on to '''tab at the top right corner.
Select '''My DSpace''' from the drop-down.
The form '''Log In to''' '''DSpace''' opens.
|-
|| Enter Email Address and Password
Email: dspace.u1@gmail.com
Password: u1pass
|| Type in the '''email address''' and '''password''' of the '''administrator'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Log In '''button
|| Then click on the '''Log In''' button below the '''password''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace '''section
|| The '''administrator login''' is successful and '''My DSpace''' page appears.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us '''log out''' this '''user''' from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Logged in '''tab in the top right corner
|| Click on the '''Logged in '''tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''Logout '''from drop down
|| Select '''Logout '''from the drop-down.
|-
|| Point to '''Logged out '''message
|| The '''user''' has been '''logged out'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
| | Slide : Summary
| | In this tutorial, we learnt to-
* '''Install DSpace''' on''' Windows 10 OS '''
* Crossverify '''DSpace installation''' and
* Create a '''DSpace administrator account'''
|-
| | Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
| | The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
| | Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
| | The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -I
| | '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -II
| | '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
| | Narration only
| | This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is Nancy Varkey signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Installation-of-JDK-and-Build-tool-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T10:39:33Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace installation on Windows, Install JDK, install Java, install Maven, install Ant, install git, Set Environment variables, Set Path variables'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Install Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git '''and
* '''Set Environment variables''' for '''Java, Ant, '''and''' Maven'''

|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any other '''editor''' or '''web''' '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial,
* You should have an '''internet''' connection to '''install''' the necessary '''packages '''
* You should also have '''installed 7Zip file archiver'''

|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites

'''https://www.7-zip.org'''
||
* If not, then download and '''install''' it using this '''URL'''.

|-
|| Slide : Hardware requirements
|| The minimum hardware requirements for '''DSpace installation''' are
* '''i3 processor''' or above
* '''100GB hard disk''' or more
* '''4GB RAM''' or above

|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.

|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad '''and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in '''WordPad editor '''on my machine.

And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.

The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To install '''DSpace''', it is mandatory to have basic '''packages''' like '''Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us begin by '''installing''' the '''Java Development Kit.'''
|-
|| Open web browser
| | Open a '''web browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://www.oracle.com/in/java/technologies/javase/javase-jdk8-downloads.html'''
| | In the '''address bar''', type the '''URL '''as shown to view '''JDK8 installers''' available from '''Oracle'''.
|-
|| Locate and highlight

'''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Locate the '''installer file''' for '''Windows 64''' bit.

|-
| | Highlight '''u271'''
| | '''u271''' in the '''installation file''' name, is the '''release number''', which may be different in your case.
|-
| | Highlight '''x64'''
| | '''x64''' in the '''installation file''' name, indicates '''64-bit operating system'''.
|-
|| Slide: Installer for '''32 bit Windows OS'''
|| If you are using a '''32-bit operating system''', then you should download the '''installer''' for '''32-bit OS'''.
|-
| | Switch back to browser
|| Switch back to the '''browser.'''
|-
| | Click on the link '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| My machine is a '''64-bit OS'''.

So, I will download '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe.'''
|-
|| Point to Pop-up window
|| A pop-up window opens up to accept the '''license agreement'''.
|-
|| Check the checkbox of license agreement

Click on the button''' Download jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Check the checkbox of the '''license agreement'''.

And click on the button''' Download jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|-
| | Point to''' Oracle '''sign in
| | We will be redirected to the '''Oracle login page.'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| If you do not have an '''Oracle account''', please create an account and then log into '''Oracle.'''
|-
|| Enter Username : '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

Password:''' **********'''
|| I will enter the '''username''' and '''password''' of my '''Oracle account'''.

|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' button to download the '''installer'''.
|-
|| Point to downloading of '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| The '''installation file''' will get downloaded in the default '''downloads directory'''.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
|| Go to the place where you have downloaded the file on your machine.

In my case it is in the '''Downloads folder.'''
|-
| | Double click on '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Double-click on the '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe,''' to begin the '''installation'''.
|-
| | Click on '''Yes'''
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on the '''Yes '''or''' Run '''button.
|-
| | Click '''Next '''button
| | In the '''Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button to continue the installation process.
|-
|| Point to '''Development Tools'''

Click '''Next''' button
|| In the '''Custom Setup''' page, ensure that''' Development Tools '''is selected for '''installation. '''

Click the '''Next '''button to continue.
|-
|| Point to I'''nstall to:'''
|| Another dialog box opens up to select the '''installation folder'''.
|-
|| Point to''' C:\Program Files\Java\jre1.8.0_271'''
|| The installation path is set to '''C:\Program Files\Java\jre1.8.0_271.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Change''' button
|| If you wish to change the '''path''', click on the '''Change''' button.

I don’t wish to change the '''path''', so I will not be clicking.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button
|| Click on the '''Next '''button to continue.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''JDK '''installation has begun.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Installation''' is successfully completed now.
|-
|| Click '''Close''' button
|| Click on the '''Close''' button to close the dialog box.
|-
| | Only Narration
|| Now, let us install '''Apache Maven''', which is used to '''build DSpace source code'''.
|-
| | Switch back to browser
|| Switch back to the '''browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:
'''https://downloads.apache.org/maven/maven-3/3.6.3/binaries/apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip'''
|| In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown.
This will download '''Apache Maven 3.6.3'''
|-
|| Select “Save File” -> OK
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button.
|-
| | Switch back to '''Downloads''' folder
| | Switch back to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Copy '''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip '''file to '''C drive'''
| | Copy the file '''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip '''to '''C drive'''.
|-
| | Click''' Continue'''
|| If '''prompted, '''click on''' Continue '''to provide '''administrator permissions''' for copying.
|-
|| Right click on

'''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin zip '''->''' 7-Zip'''

Select '''Extract Here'''
|| Right-click on the file''' apache-maven-3.6.3-bin zip '''

From the context menu, select '''7-Zip'''

Then from the sub-menu, select '''Extract Here.'''
|-
| | Narration only
| | The file extraction begins.
|-
| | Point to '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder
| | The '''zipped''' contents are extracted in the '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder.
|-
| | Double click on the '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder
| | Open the folder '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''by double-clicking on it.
|-
| | Point to path '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3'''
| | The extracted contents '''bin, boot, conf, lib''' are located in the path '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3.'''
|-
| | Only Narration
| | In case the contents are extracted to any other folder, move them to this folder.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | Next, we will install the '''Apache Ant '''tool,''' '''which''' '''is used to install '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://downloads.apache.org/ant/binaries/apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip'''
|| Switch back to the '''browser'''.

In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown to download '''Apache Ant'''.
|-
|| Select “Save File” -> OK
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button
|-
| | Switch back to '''Downloads''' folder
| | Switch back to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Copy and extract''' apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip '''file in C drive
| | Like '''Maven''', copy and extract''' '''the file '''apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip '''to '''C''' '''drive'''.
|-
| | Point to path '''C:\apache-ant-1.10.9'''
| | Extracted contents '''bin, etc, lib, manual''' are located in the path''' C:\apache-ant-1.10.9.'''
|-
| | Narration only
| | Now let us set '''path variables''' for '''Java, Ant''' and '''Maven'''.
|-
| | Go to '''This PC'''
|| Go to '''My Computer''' or '''This PC.'''

Right-click on the empty area and select '''Properties.'''
|-
| | Click on '''Advanced system settings'''
| | Then click on the '''Advanced system settings '''from the left panel.
|-
| | Point to the '''Advanced''' tab
| | In the '''System Properties''' dialog box, make sure that the '''Advanced''' tab is selected.
|-
| | Click '''Environment Variables '''button
| | In the '''Advanced '''settings, click on the '''Environment Variables '''button.
|-
| | Click '''New '''button
| | In the '''Environment Variables '''dialog box, click on the '''New '''button in the '''User variable '''section.
|-
| | Point to '''New User Variable '''dialog box
| | '''New User Variable''' dialog box opens up.
|-
| | Narration only
| | Let us create a '''user variable''' for '''JDK'''.
|-
| | Enter variable name as '''JAVA_HOME'''
| | Type the '''variable''' name as '''JAVA_HOME.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Variable value''' field

Point to '''Browse Directory''' button
|| Next let us type the value for the '''variable''' in the '''Variable''' '''value''' field.

We can do so by directly typing the '''path''' or by using the '''Browse Directory''' button.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse Directory''' button

Point to '''Browse for Folder'''
|| I will click on the '''Browse Directory'''.

Immediately the '''Browse for Folder''' dialog box opens up.
|-
|| Browse to folder

'''This PC>> C drive >> Program Files>> Java >> jdk1.8.0_271'''
| | Browse to '''This PC,''' '''C drive, Program Files, Java, jdk1.8.0_271 '''directory.
|-
| | Click '''OK '''button in '''Browse for Folder '''dialog box
| | Then click the '''OK '''button in '''Browse for Folder '''dialog box.
|-
| | Point to '''Variable value'''
| | Observe that '''JDK installation path''' is shown in the '''Variable value.'''
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button
| | Click the '''OK''' button to save the '''variable'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME'''

'''MAVEN_HOME = C:\apache-maven-3.6.3'''

'''ANT_HOME= C:\apache-ant-1.10.9'''
|| Similarly, create '''MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME variables.'''

To do so, follow the steps used to create the '''JAVA_HOME variable.'''
|-
| | Highlight values '''of MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME'''
| | Ensure that correct '''installation paths''' are entered for '''Maven '''and '''Ant'''.
|-
| | Narration only
| | Now, let us '''set''' the '''Path variable''' in the '''System Variables '''section.
|-
| | Select '''Path '''variable -> Click '''Edit''' button in '''System variable'''
| | Select the '''Path variable''' in the '''System Variables '''section and click the '''Edit''' button.
|-
| | Click '''New''' button in '''Edit Environment Variable''' dialog box
| | In the '''Edit Environment Variable''' dialog box, click on the '''New''' button.
|-
| | Point to text field
| | A text field appears to '''set''' the '''path'''.
|-
| | Enter '''C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.8.0_271\bin'''
| | Type the '''path''' of the '''JDK''' '''bin''' folder as shown.
|-
| | Press '''Enter''' button
| | Press the '''Enter''' button to save the '''variable'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''Maven''' and '''Ant''' path

'''Maven '''path = '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3\bin'''

'''Ant '''path = '''C:\apache-ant-1.10.9\bin'''
| | Similarly, '''set paths''' for '''Maven''' and '''Ant'''.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button
| | Click the '''OK''' button to save the '''Path variable'''.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button in '''Environment Variable''' dialog box
| | Now click the '''OK''' button in the '''Environment Variable''' dialog box.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button in '''System Properties''' window
| | Then click the '''OK''' button in the '''System Properties''' window.
|-
| | Close '''System''' window
| | Close the '''System''' window.
|-
| | Narration Only
| | Now let us cross-verify the '''path variables''' set for '''JDK, Ant''' and '''Maven.'''
|-
| | Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''

Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
| | Click on '''Command Prompt'''
| | Click on the '''Command Prompt '''application.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | Here onwards please remember to press the '''Enter '''key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''java -version'''
|| In the '''prompt''', type the '''command'''

'''java –version'''

This will display the version of '''JDK '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''ant -version'''
|| Then, Type the '''command'''

'''ant –version'''

This will display the version of '''Ant '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''mvn -version'''
|| Type the '''command'''

'''mvn –version'''

This will display the version of '''Maven '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | So, we have '''installed''' and '''set '''the '''Environment Variables''' for '''Java, Ant''' and '''Maven.'''
|-
| | Slide : Troubleshoot path variable
|| If '''JDK''', '''Maven '''and '''Ant '''versions are not shown then recheck the following:
* Location of the '''Installation''' folders and
* '''Path variables set''' in '''Environment Variables'''

|-
| | Only narration
| | Next, let us '''install''' the '''git version control system'''.
|-
| | Switchback to browser
| | Switch back to '''browser.'''
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://git-scm.com/downloads'''
| | In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown to view available '''git downloads'''.
|-
| | Click on '''Windows''' under '''Downloads''' section
| | Under the '''Downloads''' section, click on '''Windows.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| When prompted, click on the '''Save file''' button to download the '''installer'''.

The download of '''Git installer''' begins.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
| | Now, Go to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Double click on '''Git-2.29.2.2-64-bit.exe'''
| | Double-click on '''Git-2.29.2.2-64-bit.exe '''to begin the '''installation'''.''' '''
|-
| | Click on '''Yes'''
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on '''Yes '''or''' Run '''button.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button
| | In the '''Git Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button continuously 4 times.
|-
||

Point to the drop down
|| The '''setup '''dialog box asks you to choose the default '''editor''' used by '''Git.'''

In the drop-down, make sure that “'''Use Vim as Git’s default Editor'''” is selected by default.

If not, select the same.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button repeatedly
| | Then click on the '''Next''' button continuously to '''install''' with the default '''configuration'''.
|-
| | Click '''Install''' button
| | Lastly, click on the '''Install '''button.
|-
| | Uncheck Checkbox of View release notes
| | Once the '''installation''' is over, uncheck the checkbox of “'''View release notes'''”.
|-
| | Click the '''Next '''button
| | Then click on the '''Next '''or''' Finish '''button.
|-
| | Only narration
| | So now, '''git''' is '''installed''' on the system.
|-
| | Restart the System
| | Restart the system to bring all the '''configurations''' into effect.
|-
| | Only narration
|| With this we have '''installed''' and '''configured '''the required '''packages''' for '''DSpace installation'''.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide : Summary
|| In this tutorial, we learnt to-
* '''Install Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git '''and
* '''Set''' '''Environment Variables''' for '''Java, Ant, '''and''' Maven'''

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
||
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial? Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* The Spoken Tutorial project will ensure an answer.
* You will have to register to ask questions.

|-
|| Slide : Forum for specific questions
||
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.
* This will help reduce the clutter.
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.

|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Customization-of--DSpace-Home-page-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T10:06:53Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''SayScript: Customization of DSpace Home Page (on Windows 10)''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: DSpace Customization, Home page customization, Dspace Logo, DSpac..."

'''SayScript: Customization of DSpace Home Page (on Windows 10)'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace Customization, Home page customization, Dspace Logo, DSpace Banner, DSpace news, DSpace customization on Windows 10'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Customization of''' '''DSpace home page (on Windows 10)'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Change '''DSpace''' '''logos'''
* Modify the '''DSpace''' '''banner''' and
* Update the '''News''' sections
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''text editor''' or '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace version 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat''' service should be running
* Have '''Administrator''' authority in '''DSpace '''and
* And have a working '''internet''' connection
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* You should also have familiarity with basic''' HTML''' tags
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Code Files
||
* The '''files''' and '''commands''' used in this tutorial are available in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the files before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad''' and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in the '''WordPad editor '''on my machine.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Slide : '''DSpace''' Customization
||
* '''DSpace''' is a highly customizable '''software application'''.
* We can customize the '''DSpace user''' interface and its behaviour as per our preference.
|-
|| Slide : '''DSpace''' UI Customization
|| The '''user''' interface of '''DSpace''' can be modified for
* Branding of a '''repository'''
* Communicate vision, mission of the organization
* Enhance aesthetics and usability and
* Present tool tip or help to use
Now, let us understand the different sections of the '''DSpace''' '''home page.'''
|-
|| Open Web Browser
Address Bar >> '''localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
In the '''address bar''', type '''localhost:8080''' and press '''Enter'''.
The '''DSpace''' interface opens.
|-
|| Point to different portions in''' DSpace home page'''
|| We have a '''Navigation bar logo''' located at the top-left corner.
Below that we have a '''Banner''' section.
The''' DSpace logo''' is located next to the '''banner'''.
|-
|| Point to different portions in''' DSpace home page'''
|| Below the '''banner''' section, we have a green color bar called '''breadcrumb bar'''.
Below the '''breadcrumb bar, '''we have''' Top News '''and''' Side news '''sections.
|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace Navbar logo'''
Name: '''dspace-logo-only.png'''
Location: '''C:\dspace-6.3-src-release\dspace-jspui\src\main\webapp\image'''
Dimensions: '''25 x 25 pixels'''.
|| Let us begin with the customization of the '''DSpace Navigation bar logo'''.
These are the properties for the '''logo'''.
We will replace this default '''logo''' with a new one.
Make sure that the new '''logo''' has the same properties, if you are using your own '''logo'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''DSpace''' source code
|| The '''source code''' for '''DSpace''' is located in the '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''directory.
If we wish to customize '''DSpace''', then we have to make changes in this directory.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us rename the default '''DSpace navigation bar logo '''for''' '''backup purposes.
|-
|| Browse to '''image '''folder of dspace
'''C drive >> dspace-6.3-src-release >> dspace-jspui >> src >> main >> webapp >> image'''
|| To do so, browse to the '''image''' folder of '''dspace''' as shown.
|-
|| Rename''' dspace-logo-only.png '''as''' dspace-logo-only-old.png'''
|| Rename''' dspace-logo-only.png '''as''' dspace-logo-only-old.png '''as shown.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Now, let us proceed to copy a new '''logo''' into the '''image''' directory.
|-
|| Open '''File Explorer '''
|| For that, open the '''File Explorer''' application.
|-
|| Browse to '''Downloads''' folder
|| Go to the folder where you downloaded the images from the '''Code files''' link.
I have downloaded it in the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| Browse to '''dimages '''folder
|| I will now browse to the '''dimages''' folder.
|-
|| Copy '''dspace-logo-only.png '''from '''dimages '''to '''image '''folder of '''DSpace'''
|| Copy '''dspace-logo-only.png '''from '''dimages '''to the '''image '''folder of '''DSpace''' as shown.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next we have to '''rebuild DSpace''' to update these changes.
|-
|| Go to the '''Desktop'''
Right click on '''Rebuild-DSpace '''>> '''Run as Administrator'''
|| Go to the '''Desktop '''and locate the file '''Rebuild-DSpace'''
Then right-click on it and select''' Run as Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''yes'''
|| If '''prompted, '''click''' '''on the''' Yes '''button in the '''User Account Control''' dialog box
|-
|| Point to '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message
|| On successful completion,''' BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message will appear on the '''Command Prompt.'''
|-
|| Show closing of '''Command Prompt'''
|| After the '''rebuild''' process, the '''Command Prompt '''closes automatically.''' '''
|-
|| Refresh''' DSpace Home page'''
|| Now, switch to the '''browser''' and refresh the page.
Observe the change. The old '''Navigation bar''' '''logo''' is replaced with the new one.
|-
|| Only narration
|| In case, if you can’t see the updated '''logo''', kindly clear the '''cache''' and refresh the page.
|-
|| '''Slide''' : DSpace logo
Name: '''logo.gif'''
Location: '''C:\dspace-6.3-src-release\dspace-jspui\src\main\webapp\image'''
Dimensions: '''165 x 132 pixels'''.
|| Now, next let us try to add our '''logo''' instead of the '''DSpace logo''' next to the '''banner''' section.
These are the properties of the '''logo'''.
We will replace this default '''logo''' with our own '''logo'''.
Make sure that the new '''logo''' has the same properties, if you are using your own '''logo'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Let us rename the existing '''logo''' for backup purposes.
|-
|| Switch back to '''images '''folder of '''DSpace'''
|| Switch to the '''images '''folder of '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Rename '''logo.gif '''as''' logo-old.gif'''
|| Rename '''logo.gif '''as''' logo-old.gif '''as shown.
|-
|| copy '''logo.gif''' image from '''dimages '''to '''image '''folder of '''DSpace'''
|| Next, copy the new '''logo.gif''' image from '''dimages '''to the '''image '''folder of '''DSpace''' as shown.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, '''rebuild DSpace''' to update the changes.
|-
|| Go to the '''Desktop'''
|| Go to the '''Desktop'''.
|-
|| Right click on '''Rebuild-DSpace '''>> Select '''Run as Administrator'''
|| '''Rebuild DSpace '''as shown.
|-
|| Point to '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message
|| The '''build''' is successful.
|-
|| Refresh''' DSpace Home page'''
|| Now, switch to the '''browser''' and refresh the page.
Observe the change.
The '''DSpace logo''' next to the '''banner''' section is replaced with our own '''logo'''.
|-
|| Point to''' DSpace banner '''
|| The''' DSpace banner''' is used for branding of '''repositories'''.
Let us proceed to modify the '''banner''' content now.
|-
|| Browse to '''resources '''folder
'''C Drive >> dspace-6.3-src-release >> dspace-api >> src >> main >> resources'''
|| So, in the '''file explorer''', browse to the '''resources''' folder of '''dspace''' as shown.
|-
|| Point to '''Messages.properties'''
|| '''Messages.properties '''is a file, which contains '''user interface''' text of '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Open '''Messages.properties '''with '''WordPad'''
|| Let us open this file using the '''WordPad editor.'''
|-
|| Show '''Messages.properties '''file
|| '''Messages.properties '''file contains '''Key Value''' pairs.
'''Keys''' are referenced from '''jsp''' files and the corresponding '''value''' is rendered in '''UI'''.
|-
|| Banner Heading Text
'''jsp.layout.header-default.brand.heading = IITB Repository'''
|| Scroll down and locate the '''key '''
'''jsp.layout.header-default.brand.heading '''
Change its default '''value''' to '''IITB Repository'''.
Basic '''HTML tags''' such as '''heading''' can be used to write the '''value'''.
|-
|| '''jsp.layout.header-default.brand.heading = <b> IITB Repository </b>'''
|| If you wish to display the text in a stylish way, we can use those '''html tags''' also.
For example, I can type the '''value''' as shown.
|-
|| '''<h3> IITB Digital Repository is the collection of digital assets </h3>'''
|| Now locate the '''key''' '''jsp.layout.header-default.brand.description '''
Change its default value as shown.
|-
|| Save and close
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Right click on '''Rebuild-DSpace '''>> Run as Administrator
|| Once again, '''rebuild DSpace '''as shown.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| The '''build '''is successful as indicated by the on-screen message.
|-
|| Refresh''' DSpace Home page'''
|| Now, switch to the '''browser''' and refresh the page.
Observe the change.
The '''banner section''' content is updated now.
|-
|| Point to '''Top and Sidebar news on Home Page'''
|| '''Top news''' and '''Side news''' are used to display updates and news about the '''Repository'''.
We will edit these in the front end itself with the help of the '''administrator'''.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace'''
'''Mail address: dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
'''Password: u1pass'''
|| Click on the '''Sign on to '''button at the top right corner.
From the drop-down, select '''My DSpace.'''
'''Log''' into '''DSpace''' with your '''administrator’s email address '''and''' password'''.
For this demonstration, I will log in with the '''administrator’s email id dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
'''My DSpace''' page appears on the screen.
|-
|| Select''' Administer'''
|| Click on the down arrow at the top right corner next to the '''admin’s mail id.'''
Then select '''Administer'''.
|-
|| '''General Settings > Edit News'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''admin''' interface.
On the top '''navigation bar''', click on the '''General Settings''' menu.
Then select '''Edit News '''from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''Top News'''
|| Select '''Top News''' in the '''News Editor''' section to edit '''Top News.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Edit '''button
|| Click on the '''Edit '''button.
|-
|| Point to''' News Editor'''
|| '''News Editor''' page opens for the '''Top News''' with default '''DSpace Top News.'''
You can use '''HTML''' '''tags''' in the '''News Editor.'''
|-
|| '''<p>Welcome to IITB digital repository!</p>'''
|| I am updating the '''Top News''' as shown.
|-
|| Click on '''Save '''button
|| Click on the '''Save''' button now.
|-
|| Select''' Sidebar News '''and click on''' Edit '''button
Update the '''Sidebar News'''
'''<p>Explore IITB digital repository and Enhance learning.</p>'''
|| Likewise, I will edit the '''sidebar news '''as shown here.
|-
|| Save '''Sidebar News'''
|| Click on the '''Save''' button.
|-
|| Click on''' Home Tab'''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the '''Home '''menu'''.'''
The''' Top News '''and''' Sidebar News '''section for the '''DSpace home page''' is now updated.
|-
|| Only narration
|| LIkewise, we can customise our '''DSpace home page''' based on our requirements.
|-
|| Logout form '''DSpace'''
|| Let us now '''logout''' from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
||
|| With this we have come to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
| | Slide: Summary

| | In this tutorial, we learnt to :
* Change '''DSpace logos'''
* Modify '''DSpace banner''' and
* Update news sections.
|-
| | Slide: Assignment
| | As an assignment
* Change '''Navbar logo '''and '''DSpace logo '''with your own '''logos'''
* Modify the '''DSpace banner''' content as well
|-
| | Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
| | The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
| | Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
| | The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -I
| | '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -II
| | '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
| | Narration only
| | This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Email-Configuration-for-DSpace-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T09:58:50Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script : Email Configuration for DSpace on Windows''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: DSpace Rebuild, DSpace Email Configuration, dspace.cfg, Rebuild script, DSp..."

'''Script : Email Configuration for DSpace on Windows'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace Rebuild, DSpace Email Configuration, dspace.cfg, Rebuild script, DSpace gmail configuration, '''

{| border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Email Configuration for DSpace''' '''on Windows OS.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Configure''' an '''email '''for '''DSpace'''
* Prepare a '''Batch '''file''' '''to '''rebuild DSpace '''and
* Send a '''test mail''' from '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''text editor''' or''' browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial,
* You should have installed '''DSpace 6.3 '''and
* You should have a working internet connection.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then go through the prerequisite '''installation''' tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad''' and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in the '''WordPad '''on my machine.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Slide: Necessity of Email Configuration
|| In '''DSpace''' we have to '''configure''' the '''email settings''' to send '''emails''' from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Slide : Necessity of Email Configuration
|| '''DSpace''' sends '''emails''' to the '''users''' for various activities such as
* '''Email verification''' during '''registration'''
* Notification '''emails''' during '''Item submission '''and''' review'''
* Getting '''Dspace user’s feedback '''and
* Notifications to '''Community and Collection''' subscribers
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us begin.
|-
|| Browse '''C Drive >> dspace-6.3-src-release >> dspace >> config '''
|| In the '''file browser''', go to '''C Drive'''.
Browse and navigate to the '''config '''folder in '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''as shown.''' '''
|-
|| Open '''dspace.cfg '''with '''Wordpad '''
|| Open the '''configuration''' file '''dspace.cfg '''in '''WordPad editor'''.''' '''
|-
|| Point to '''dspace.cfg '''in '''WordPad '''
|| '''dspace.cfg '''file is now open in '''WordPad'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Email settings'''
|| Scroll down and locate the '''Email settings''' section.
|-
|| Slide:''' SMTP Services'''
|| '''DSpace '''requires '''SMTP service''' to send and receive '''emails.'''
'''SMTP services''' like '''Gmail, SendinBlue, SendGrid, Pepipost, Amazon SES '''or '''Mandrill''' can be used.
Additionally, custom '''SMTP''' services can also be set up and used as well.
|-
|| '''mail.server = smtp.gmail.com'''
|| In this demonstration, I will configure a '''Gmail SMTP mail server.'''
So, first I’ll set the value for '''mail.server''' as '''smtp.gmail.com'''
|-
|| '''mail.server.username =dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
'''mail.server.password =********'''
|| Next we have to give a valid '''gmail ID''' for '''mail.server.username.'''
I will use the '''admin’s mail id''', which is '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
You can also use the same '''email id''' which you gave as your '''admin mail id'''.
The value for '''mail.server.password '''has to be the '''password''' of dspace.u1@gmail.com.'''
The typed '''password''' will be visible to everyone.
So I have blurred it for this demonstration.
|-
| | Type '''<nowiki>#</nowiki>''' in front of the line
'''mail.server.port'''
| | We will now use''' gmail’s SMTP port (SSL): 465''', to connect to the '''SMTP server'''.
So, let us disable the default '''SMTP port''' which is 25.
To do so, type '''<nowiki># </nowiki>'''in front of the line '''mail.server.port'''.
|-
|| Set from Address of the email recipients
'''mail.from.address = dspace.u1@gmail.com '''
|| Now, give a valid '''email address''' for '''mail.from.address.'''
This '''email id''' will be considered as the '''from address''' for the recipients.
Here I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Set Feedback recipient email address
'''feedback.recipient=dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|| Please type a valid''' email address''' for '''feedback.recipient'''
If a '''user''' submits any feedback in '''DSpace''', then their feedback will be sent to this '''email id'''.
Here also I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Set email address for mail admin
'''mail.admin=dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|| Next, we have to give a valid '''email address''' for '''mail.admin.'''
'''System notifications '''and '''administration emails''' will be sent to '''mail.admin address'''.
I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com '''here.
|-
|| '''Mail.extraproperties >> '''remove # symbol
|| Next, we will '''configure''' the''' SMTP port''' '''(SSL): 465.'''
Scroll down and locate the line '''<nowiki>#mail.extraproperties.</nowiki>'''
Remove '''<nowiki># </nowiki>'''symbol at the beginning of '''mail.extraproperties.'''
|-
|| Remove # symbol
|| Also, remove''' # '''symbol at the beginning of the next two consecutive lines, as shown.
|-
|| Save and close file
|| Then, save and close the file.
|-
|| Slide : Rebuild '''DSpace'''
|| Whenever we customize '''DSpace''', it is necessary to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace'''.
'''Rebuild''' process involves
* '''Compilation''' of''' source code'''
* '''Installation''' of '''Webapp '''and
* '''Deployment''' of '''DSpace''' on '''Tomcat server'''.
We will prepare a''' Batch '''file''' '''to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace''', and use it whenever required.
|-
|| Open '''Wordpad'''
|| So, Open '''Wordpad.'''
|-
|| [Wordpad] type:
'''call cd C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation\Tomcat 8.5\bin'''

'''call Tomcat8.exe stop'''

'''call cd C:\dspace-6.3-src-release'''

'''call mvn -U clean package'''

'''call cd C:\dspace-6.3-src-release\dspace\target\dspace-installer'''

'''call ant fresh_install'''

'''call cd C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation\Tomcat 8.5\bin'''

'''call Tomcat8.exe start'''

|| And type the '''commands''' as shown.
We have used these '''commands''' in the earlier tutorial to '''build dspace'''.
|-
|| Press Ctrl+S keys
|| Save the file by pressing '''Ctrl + S''' keys together.
A dialog box to save the file appears.
|-
|| Select '''Desktop''' location to save file
|| On the left, select '''Desktop '''as a location to save the file.
|-
|| Click on dropdown of '''Save as type -> Text Documents '''
|| Click on the '''Save as type '''dropdown of''' '''and select the type as '''Text Documents.'''
|-
|| Enter File name
'''Rebuild-DSpace.bat'''
|| In the '''File name '''field, type the name as '''Rebuild-DSpace.bat'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''.bat '''extension indicates that it is a '''batch '''file.
|-
|| Click on '''Save''' button
|| Click on the '''Save''' button.
|-
|| Point to Dialog box
|| A dialog box opens to confirm this save.
|-
|| Click '''Yes''' button
|| Click on the '''Yes''' button.
|-
|| Close '''Rebuild-DSpace.bat '''file
|| Close '''Rebuild-DSpace.bat '''file.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now let us '''rebuild DSpace''' using the '''Rebuild-DSpace.bat '''file.
|-
|| Go to the '''Desktop'''
Right click on '''Rebuild-DSpace '''>> '''Run as Administrator'''
|| Go to the '''Desktop '''and locate the file '''Rebuild-DSpace.'''
Then right-click on it and select''' Run as Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''yes'''
|| If '''prompted, '''click''' '''on the''' Yes '''button in the '''User Account Control''' dialog box.
|-
|| Point to '''Command Prompt'''
|| The '''Command Prompt '''opens and the process of '''DSpace rebuild''' begins.
|-
|| Point to '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message
|| On successful completion,''' BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message will appear on the '''Command Prompt.'''
|-
|| Show closing of '''Command Prompt'''
|| After the '''rebuild''' process, the '''Command Prompt '''closes automatically.''' '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means we have '''deployed DSpace email configuration''' on '''Tomcat server.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next we have to '''configure''' some '''settings''' in the '''Gmail account''' which we have used.
To access '''gmail''' through '''DSpace''', '''less secure apps''' in '''gmail''' '''settings''' should be turned '''ON'''.
|-
|| [browser] Login to gmail as Email: dspace.u1@gmail.com
Password: *********
|| To do so, '''login''' to the respective '''gmail account''' which we had typed in the '''Email settings''' of '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| [browser] Type the url:
https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps
|| Then in the '''address bar''' type the '''URL '''as shown.
|-
| | [browser] Turn the toggle on for Allow less secure apps
| | Turn '''ON '''the '''toggle '''button for '''Allow less secure apps.'''
|-
| | Open new tab in the browser
| | Open a new tab in the '''browser'''.
|-
| | [browser] Type https://accounts.google.com/DisplayUnlockCaptcha
| | Enter the '''URL''' as shown to '''configure google account’s access''' to '''DSpace'''.
|-
| | Click the '''Continue '''button
| | Click the '''Continue '''button.
|-
| | Close tab for '''Less secure app access''' and '''google account access''' tab
| | Close the tab for '''Less secure app access''' and '''google account access'''.
|-
| | Only narration
| | We have now done the required '''configurations'''.
Next let us send a '''test mail'''.
|-
| | Open the '''Command Prompt.'''
| | To do so, open the '''Command Prompt.'''
|-
| | [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace\bin'''
| | Using '''cd command''' switch the '''present working directory''' to '''dspace bin'''.
|-
| | [Command Prompt] type:
'''dspace test-email'''
| | Then type this '''command''' to send a '''test email'''.
'''Test email''' will be sent to the '''mail id '''which was set in '''mail.admin '''in '''dspace.cfg '''file.
|-
| | [Browser] Open the gmail account
| | Let us cross-verify this.
Switch to the '''browser''' where our '''mail account''' is '''logged''' in.
Now check the '''Inbox''' for the new mail.
|-
| | [Browser] Point to the DSpace test mail
| | Here is the '''DSpace test email.'''
We have successfully '''configured''' the '''mail configuration''' and also sent a '''test mail''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
| | Logout from gmail
| | Once done, '''sign out''' from the '''gmail account. '''
|-
| | Close the '''command prompt'''
| | And close the '''command prompt'''.
|-
| | Slide: Troubleshoot Email Errors
| | If you didn’t receive the '''email''' then check the following.
* Check the '''Spam''' folder
* Recheck your '''Internet''' connection or
* The '''Email''' configurations in '''dspace.cfg'''
|-
| | Only Narration
| | This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
| | Slide Summary
| | In this tutorial, we learnt to
* '''Configure''' '''email '''for '''DSpace'''
* Prepare a '''Batch '''file to '''rebuild DSpace '''and
* Send a '''test email''' from '''DSpace'''
|-
| | Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
| | The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
| | Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
| | The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this '''Forum'''.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -I
| | '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -II
| | '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
| | Narration only
| | This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
This is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/DSpace-Installation-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T09:45:07Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script: Dspace installation on Windows 10 OS''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: DSpace installation, DSpace build, DSpace deployment, DSpace administrator accoun..."

'''Script: Dspace installation on Windows 10 OS'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace installation, DSpace build, DSpace deployment, DSpace administrator account, local.cfg configuration, Dspace on Windows 10 OS'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Dspace Installation on Windows 10 OS.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Install DSpace''' on '''Windows 10 OS'''
* Crossverify '''DSpace installation''' and
* Create a '''DSpace administrator account'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''editor''' or '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''Java, Tomcat 8, Postgresql 11, Ant, Maven, git'''
* Configured '''Tomcat 8 server '''and
* Created a '''dspace database '''in''' Postgresql 11.'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| You will also need minimum 5 unique '''email ids''' for practising various '''roles''' in '''DSpace'''.
If you don’t have, then please create them before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad '''and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in '''WordPad editor '''on my machine.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us begin.
First, we will download the '''source code''' for '''DSpace 6.3.'''
|-
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:
'''https://github.com/DSpace/DSpace/releases/download/dspace-6.3/dspace-6.3-src-release.zip'''
|| In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
| | Go to the place where you have downloaded the file on your machine.
In my case it is in the '''Downloads folder.'''
|-
|| Copy '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file to '''C''' drive
|| Copy the '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file to '''C''' drive.
|-
|| Click''' Continue'''
|| When '''prompted, '''click''' '''on''' Continue '''to provide '''administrator''' permissions for copy.
|-
|| Unzip '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file
|| Now unzip '''dspace-6.3-src-release.zip '''file using '''7-zip''' as shown.
|-
|| Point to folder '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''
|| The contents of the '''zip '''file are extracted into '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''folder.
|-
|| Browse and Point to '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' in folder view
'''C Drive >> dspace-6.3-src-release >> dspace >> config>>local.cfg.EXAMPLE'''
|| '''DSpace source code''' has '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE, '''which is a sample '''DSpace configuration'''.
'''DSpace''' checks for the '''configuration''' in the '''local.cfg''' file.
|-
|| Slide : '''local.cfg''' file
|| '''local.cfg''' file can be created in two ways:
# Renaming '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' as '''local.cfg'''
# Copying '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE''' as '''local.cfg'''
|-
|| Create copy of '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE '''as '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE'''
|| First we’ll make a copy of '''local.cfg.EXAMPLE '''file by pressing '''Ctrl + C''' and then '''Ctrl + V''' as shown.
|-
|| Rename '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE '''file as '''local.cfg.'''
|| Then rename the '''local.cfg - Copy.EXAMPLE '''file as '''local.cfg.'''
|-
|| Click '''Yes''' button
|| Click on the''' Yes''' button to confirm the renaming.
|-
|| Open '''local.cfg '''file with '''WordPad'''
|| Now open the '''local.cfg '''file with '''WordPad editor.'''
|-
|| '''SERVER CONFIGURATION'''
|| Locate the '''SERVER CONFIGURATION '''section.
|-
|| Enter the path of installation directory
'''dspace.dir=C:/dspace'''
|| Here, I have set the values for some '''parameters'''.
Kindly update in your '''configuration''' file also.
'''Webapps '''created during '''dspace installation''' will be stored in''' dspace.dir path'''.
Value for '''dspace.dir''' is''' C:/dspace'''
|-
|| '''dspace.ui = xmlui'''
'''dspace.ui ='''
|| The default value of '''dspace.ui''' is '''xmlui'''.
We will remove that value and leave it as blank.
'''dspace.ui '''is left blank to enable '''email-based user verification.'''
|-
|| '''Highlight'''
'''dspace.hostname = localhost'''
'''dspace.baseUrl = [http://127.0.0.1 http://]localhost:8080'''
'''solr.server = http://localhost:8080/solr'''
|| Now suppose we are working on a '''remote machine'''.
Then set the '''machine ip''' as a value for '''dspace.hostname''', '''dspace.baseUrl '''and '''solr.server.'''
|-
|| Point to '''DATABASE CONFIGURATION'''
'''db.username = dspace'''
'''db.password = dbuserpass'''
|| Locate '''DATABASE CONFIGURATION '''section.
Enter the value for '''db.username''' as '''dspace''' and '''db.password''' as '''dbuserpass'''.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl + S '''>> Close File
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Now go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''
Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Command Prompt'''
|| Click on the '''Command Prompt application'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards please remember to press the '''Enter '''key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace-6.3-src-release'''
|| Using '''cd command''' go to the '''directory dspace-6.3-src-release '''in the '''C''' drive.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''mvn -U clean package'''
|| '''Maven package''' is used to download external''' Java libraries''' and '''build''' the '''source code'''.
To '''build''' '''DSpace''', type the '''command''' as shown here.
The download may''' '''take some time depending on your '''internet speed'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Highlight:
'''BUILD SUCCESS''' message
|| Once the download is complete, '''BUILD SUCCESS''' message will be displayed on the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Slide: Troubleshoot for build failure
|| In case you get '''BUILD FAILED '''message, do the following-
* Verify all the steps '''executed''' earlier by referring to the prerequisite tutorials.
* Also check the version of all the '''packages '''installed.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace-6.3-src-release\dspace\target\dspace-installer'''
|| Now, using the '''cd command''' go to the '''directory dspace-installer.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''ant fresh_install'''
|| '''Apache Ant '''is a tool used to '''build DSpace binaries.'''
To '''install DSpace''' using '''Ant''', type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Highlight:
'''BUILD SUCCESSFUL''' message
|| Once the '''installation''' is complete, '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL''' message will be displayed on the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Next, we will create a '''DSpace administrator account''' and set the '''credentials'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\dspace\bin'''
|| Using '''cd command''' change the '''present working directory''' to '''dspace bin directory.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''dspace create-administrator'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to create a '''DSpace administrator.'''
|-
|| Email: [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]
First name : User1
|| Type the values for '''email address''' and '''First name '''as shown.
These are mandatory '''fields'''.
|-
|| Last name :
|| I’m skipping the '''Last name '''field.
|-
|| Password : u1pass
|| Now '''set''' the '''password''' for the '''dspace admin account.'''
I will type '''u1pass''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Retype the admin password
Password: u1pass
|| Type the '''password '''once again and press '''Enter.'''
|-
|| Type '''Y''' to confirm entered details.
|| The '''prompt''' will ask us to type '''Y''' to confirm the newly added details.
Type '''Y''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| '''Administrator’s credentials''' are used to '''login''' to the '''DSpace portal''' with '''Administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Close the '''Command Prompt'''
|| Close the '''command prompt'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to '''deploy dspace webapps '''on''' Tomcat.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Administrative privileges''' are required to '''deploy webapps'''.
Therefore, let us open the '''command prompt '''with''' Administrative privileges.'''
|-
|| Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''
Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
|| Right Click on '''Command Prompt -> Run as administrator'''
|| From the displayed list, right-click on '''Command Prompt application''' and select '''Run as administrator.'''
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''yes'''
|| If '''prompted, '''click''' '''on the''' Yes '''button in the '''User Account Control''' dialog box.
|-
|| Point to '''Administrator:Command Prompt'''
|| '''Command Prompt''' opens with the '''administrator privileges'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation\Tomcat 8.5\webapps'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to navigate to '''Tomcat webapps.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type: '''dir'''
|| Type''' dir '''to see the folder contents.
|-
|| Point to '''ROOT '''directory''' '''
|| '''ROOT '''is the default''' webapp '''created during '''Tomcat installation'''.''' '''
'''Tomcat server''' redirects '''client requests''' to default '''ROOT''' '''webapp'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''rename ROOT DEFAULT_ROOT '''
|| For '''DSpace''', we need to '''set''' up '''JSPUI''' as a '''ROOT web app'''.
Therefore, we will rename''' '''the '''ROOT '''as '''DEFAULT_ROOT.'''
To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, we will '''deploy DSpace webapps''' on '''Tomcat.'''
'''DSpace''' offers '''JSP''' and '''XML''' based '''user interfaces'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''mklink /D ROOT C:\dspace\webapps\jspui'''
|| We will '''deploy DSpace''' with the '''JSPUI interface''' as default.
To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D rest C:\dspace\webapps\rest'''
|| Next we’ll '''deploy rest webapp,''' by typing the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D solr C:\dspace\webapps\solr'''
|| Now, we will '''deploy solr webapp,''' by typing this '''command'''.
|-
|| '''mklink /D oai C:\dspace\webapps\oai'''
|| Next, to '''deploy oai webapp,''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| '''mklink /D sword C:\dspace\webapps\sword'''
|| Lastly, we’ll '''deploy sword webapp,''' by typing this '''command'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Now, let us '''restart Tomcat server'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''cd C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation\Tomcat 8.5\bin'''
|| Using '''cd command''' change '''present working directory''' to '''Tomcat bin.'''
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''Tomcat8.exe stop'''
|| To stop the '''Tomcat server''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:
'''Tomcat8.exe start'''
|| To start the '''Tomcat server''' type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| Narration only
|| If '''tomcat''' is not '''restart'''ed''', '''then the '''deployed applications''' will not be effective to handle '''client requests.'''
|-
|| Restart the System
|| Finally, '''restart''' the system before accessing '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully '''installed DSpace.'''
Next, let us proceed to access '''DSpace''' through the '''web''' '''browser.'''
|-
|| '''Browser >>'''
'''http://localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser'''.
Type''' [http://127.0.0.1 http://]localhost:8080''' in the '''address bar'''.
If you have '''set''' any '''ip address''' in the '''configuration''', then type that '''ip''' instead of '''localhost'''.
And press '''Enter'''.
The '''DSpace home page''' appears on the '''browser'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, we will '''login''' to '''DSpace''' with our '''administrator account'''.
|-
|| Click''' Sign on to tab > My DSpace'''
|| Click on '''Sign on to '''tab at the top right corner.
Select '''My DSpace''' from the drop-down.
The form '''Log In to''' '''DSpace''' opens.
|-
|| Enter Email Address and Password
Email: dspace.u1@gmail.com
Password: u1pass
|| Type in the '''email address''' and '''password''' of the '''administrator'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Log In '''button
|| Then click on the '''Log In''' button below the '''password''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace '''section
|| The '''administrator login''' is successful and '''My DSpace''' page appears.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us '''log out''' this '''user''' from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Logged in '''tab in the top right corner
|| Click on the '''Logged in '''tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''Logout '''from drop down
|| Select '''Logout '''from the drop-down.
|-
|| Point to '''Logged out '''message
|| The '''user''' has been '''logged out'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
| | Slide : Summary
| | In this tutorial, we learnt to-
* '''Install DSpace''' on''' Windows 10 OS '''
* Crossverify '''DSpace installation''' and
* Create a '''DSpace administrator account'''
|-
| | Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
| | The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
| | Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
| | The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -I
| | '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -II
| | '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
| | Narration only
| | This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is Nancy Varkey signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Setting-up-Tomcat-and-Postgresql-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T09:35:57Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script: Setting Tomcat and Postgresql on Windows 10''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: Tomcat Installation, Tomcat8 installation on Windows 10, postgresql insta..."

'''Script: Setting Tomcat and Postgresql on Windows 10'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: Tomcat Installation, Tomcat8 installation on Windows 10, postgresql installation, Configure tomcat server, Create DSpace database'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Setting up Tomcat and Postgresql on Windows 10.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Install '''and '''configure Tomcat 8'''
* '''Install Postgresql 11'''
* Create''' dspace database''' in''' Postgresql 11'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''editor''' or '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial,
* You should have an '''internet''' connection to '''install''' the necessary '''packages '''
* You should also have '''installed 7Zip file archiver'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* '''Environment Variables''' for''' Java, Ant, '''and''' Maven '''should be '''set''' as well
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad '''and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in '''WordPad editor '''on my machine.
And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.
The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Generally, DSpace is deployed on '''Tomcat8 server'''.
Let us now '''install Apache tomcat 8.'''
Open a '''web browser.'''
|-
|| [Browser] Type:
'''https://downloads.apache.org/tomcat/tomcat-8/v8.5.60/bin/apache-tomcat-8.5.60.exe'''
|| In the '''address bar''', type the '''URL '''as shown to download '''Apache tomcat 8 installer'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' button to download the '''installer'''.
The download begins in the default '''downloads folder'''.
|-
||
Open''' Downloads''' folder
Double click on '''Tomcat''' installer
|| Go to the place where you have downloaded the file on your machine.
In my case it is in the '''Downloads folder.'''
Double-click on the '''Tomcat installer''' file.
|-
|| Click on '''Yes'''
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on '''Yes '''or''' Run '''button.
|-
|| Click '''Next '''button
|| In the '''Setup''' dialog box, click on the '''Next '''button to continue.
|-
|| Click '''I Agree '''button
|| Click on the '''I Agree '''button to accept the terms of agreement.
|-
|| Click''' Next '''button
|| To proceed with the default components selection, click the '''Next '''button.
|-
|| Click''' Next '''button
|| Click the '''Next '''button to continue the '''installation''' with basic '''configurations'''.
|-
|| Click''' Next '''button
|| Keep the default '''path''' of '''JRE '''and click on the '''Next '''button to continue.
|-
|| Click''' Install '''button
|| Keep the default '''path''' for '''Tomcat installation''' and click on the '''Install '''button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''installation''' is successfully completed.
|-
|| Uncheck checkbox of '''Show Readme''' and click '''Finish''' button
|| Uncheck the '''Show Readme''' option.
And click on the '''Finish''' button to close the dialog box.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Apache Tomcat service''' begins.
Now let us '''configure Tomcat '''to start on '''system restart'''.
|-
|| Type '''Control Panel''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''
Then type''' “Control Panel”'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Control Panel''' Application
|| Click on the '''Control Panel''' application.
|-
|| Click '''System and Security '''settings -> '''Administrative Tools'''
|| Next, go to '''System and Security settings''' and then on the '''Administrative Tools''' menu.
|-
|| Point to '''Administrative Tools'''
|| '''Administrative Tools''' dialog box opens up.
|-
|| Double Click on '''Services'''
|| Double-click on '''Services'''.
|-
|| Locate '''Apache Tomcat''' service and Right click on it
Select '''Properties'''
|| Locate '''Apache Tomcat service.'''
Then right-click and select '''Properties.'''
|-
|| Point to Window
|| '''Apache Tomcat8 properties''' dialog box opens up.
|-
|| Click on dropdown of '''Startup''' '''type -> '''Choose '''Automatic'''
|| Click on the '''Startup type '''drop-down and select '''Automatic '''from the list.
|-
|| Click '''Apply''' button
|| Click the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK '''button at the bottom right corner of the window.
|-
|| Close '''Service, Administrative Tools, Control''' '''Panel''' window
|| Now, close the '''Services, Administrative Tools, '''and '''Control''' '''Panel''' windows.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have installed '''Tomcat '''and '''configured''' it.
Next let us '''install postgresql'''.
Switch back to the '''browser.'''
|-
|| [Browser] Type:
https://www.enterprisedb.com/downloads/postgres-postgresql-downloads https://www.enterprisedb.com/downloads/postgres-postgresql-downloads
|| In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown to view the '''installer packages''' of '''postgresql'''.
|-
|| Click download button for '''version 11.10''' and''' 64 bit OS'''
|| Download the '''postgresql''' version 11.10 for '''Windows 64 bit OS'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' button to download the '''installer'''.
|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder
|| Once again go to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| Right-click on the '''postgresql installer''' and select '''Run as administrator'''
|| Right-click on the '''postgresql installer''' and select '''Run as administrator'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Yes'''
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on '''Yes '''or''' Run '''button.
|-
|| Click Next to begin installation process
|| Click on the '''Next '''button to begin the '''installation''' process.
|-
|| Click '''Next''' button
|| Keep the default settings for '''Installation location''' and click on the '''Next '''button.
|-
|| Click '''Next''' button
|| Keep the default selected components and click on the '''Next '''button.
|-
|| Click '''Next''' button
|| Keep the default '''Data directory''' and click on the '''Next '''button.
|-
|| Only narration
Enter the Password as
‘'''root’'''
Retype the same password
|| In the '''password setup''' page, set the '''root user password.'''
I will type my '''password''' as ‘'''root’.'''
Retype the same password to confirm it.
|-
|| Click '''Next''' button repeatedly
|| Then, Click the '''Next''' button repeatedly to '''install postgresql '''with the default '''configuration'''.
|-
|| Uncheck Checkbox of View release notes
|| Once the '''installation''' is over, uncheck the checkbox of “'''stack builder'''”.
|-
|| Click '''Finish '''button
|| Then click the '''Finish''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now let us create a '''database''' and a '''user''' for it.
|-
|| Type '''pgadmin4''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''
Then type''' pgadmin4.'''
|-
|| Click on '''pgadmin4'''
|| Click on the '''pgadmin4 '''application.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''pgAdmin '''is a management tool for '''PostgreSQL'''.
|-
|| Point t o the '''pgAdmin''' page in the browser
|| '''pgAdmin '''page''' '''opens in the default '''web browser'''.
|-
|| Point to Set Master Password
|| It might prompt us to '''set''' the '''master password''' for '''pgAdmin'''.
|-
|| Type password as '''‘root’ '''and''' '''Click '''OK''' button
|| I will set the '''password''' as '''‘root’''' and click on the '''OK''' button
|-
|| Double click on '''Servers '''in the left panel
|| On the left panel, double-click on '''Servers.'''
|-
|| Enter password of the '''postgres '''user: '''root'''
Click '''OK''' button
|| Type the '''postgres user password''' to connect to the '''database server''' and click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now let us create a '''user''' for the '''database'''.
|-
|| Right click on '''Login/Group Roles''' under '''PostgreSQL 11'''
|| In the left panel, under '''PostgreSQL 11''' right-click on the '''Login/Group Roles.'''
|-
|| Select '''Create '''option -> '''Login/Group Roles''' option
|| From the context menu, select '''Create '''and then on '''Login/Group Roles''' option.
|-
|| Point to '''Create- Login/Group Roles'''
|| A Pop-up window opens up to create a '''user''' for the '''database'''.
|-
|| Enter Name
'''dspace'''
|| Under '''General''' tab, type the name of the '''database user''' in the '''Name''' field.
So, I will type '''dspace'''.
|-
|| Click '''Definition''' tab
|| Click on the '''Definition''' tab.
|-
|| Enter Password
'''dbuserpass'''
|| In the '''Password '''field, type the password for the '''database user. '''
I will type '''dbuserpass'''.
|-
|| Click '''Privileges''' tab
|| Now, go to the '''Privileges''' tab.
|-
|| Toggle buttons to change all values to '''Yes'''
|| To provide all '''privileges''' to the '''user''', toggle the buttons and change all the values to '''Yes.'''
|-
|| Click '''Save''' button
|| Then click on the '''Save''' button and close the pop-up window.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now let us create a database named '''dspace.'''
|-
|| Right click on '''Login/Group Roles''' under '''Databases'''
|| In the left panel, under '''PostgreSQL 11''' right-click on the '''Databases.'''
|-
|| Select '''Create '''option -> '''Database''' option
|| From the context menu, select '''Create '''and then on '''Database''' option.
|-
|| Point to '''Create- Database'''
|| A pop-up window opens up to create a '''database'''.
|-
|| Enter name of the database
Type: '''dspace'''
|| Under the '''General''' tab, type the name of the '''database'''.
I will type '''dspace'''.
|-
|| Click on dropdown next to '''owner '''field
|| Click on the drop-down next to the '''owner '''field.
A list of '''database users''' is seen.
|-
|| Select '''dspace'''
|| Select '''dspace '''as the '''owner''' to this '''database'''.
|-
|| Click '''Definition''' tab
|| Go to the '''Definition''' tab.
|-
|| Click on dropdown next to '''Tablespace''' field -> Select '''pg_default'''
|| Click on the drop-down next to the '''Tablespace''' field and select '''pg_default'''
|-
|| Click '''Save''' button
|| Then click on the '''Save''' button and close the pop-up window.
|-
|| Point to '''dspace''' under '''Databases'''.
|| In the left panel, under '''PostgreSQL 11, '''under''' Databases, '''we see the newly created '''database dspace.'''
|-
|| Click on '''dspace''' database.
|| Click on the '''dspace database'''.
|-
|| Slide: '''pgcrypto extension'''
|| We will now add a '''pgcrypto extension''' to the '''DSpace database.'''
'''pgcrypto extension''' allows '''DSpace''' to create universally unique '''identifiers''' for all '''objects''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on the arrow adjacent to the '''dspace''' database
|| If submenus are not shown, Expand the '''dspace database''' by clicking on the arrow adjacent to it.
|-
|| Right click on '''Extensions'''
'''Create -> Extensions'''
|| Right-click on '''Extensions.'''
Then from the context menu, select '''Create''' and then click on '''Extensions.'''
|-
|| Point to <span style="color:#3c4043;">'''Create Extensions'''
|| <span style="color:#3c4043;">The <span style="color:#3c4043;">'''Create Extensions'''<span style="color:#3c4043;"> pop-up opens up.
|-
|| Click on dropdown next to '''Name''' field
|| Under the '''General''' tab, click on the drop-down next to the '''Name '''field.
|-
|| Select '''pgcrypto'''
|| Scroll and select '''pgcrypto''' as an''' Extension.'''
|-
|| Click '''Save''' button
|| Then click on the '''Save''' button and close the pop-up window.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Pgcrypto '''extension is created.
|-
|| Close the '''pgAdmin4 '''tab
Restart the System
|| Close the '''pgAdmin4 '''tab and '''restart''' the system to bring all '''configurations '''into effect.
|-
|| Only narration
|| So now, we have installed '''postgresql '''and created a '''dspace database'''.
Let us summarize.
|-
| | Slide : Summary
| | In this tutorial, we learnt to-
* '''Install '''and '''configure Tomcat 8'''
* '''Install Postgresql 11'''
* Create''' dspace database''' in''' Postgresql 11'''
|-
| | Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
| | The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
| | Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

| | The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -I
| | '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
| | Slide: Acknowledgement -II
| | '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
| | Narration only
| | This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey''' signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Installation-of-JDK-and-Build-tool-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T09:21:13Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace installation on Windows, Install JDK, install Java, install Maven, install Ant, install git, Set Environment variables, Set Path variables'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Install Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git '''and
* '''Set Environment variables''' for '''Java, Ant, '''and''' Maven'''

|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any other '''editor''' or '''web''' '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial,
* You should have an '''internet''' connection to '''install''' the necessary '''packages '''
* You should also have '''installed 7Zip file archiver'''

|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites

'''https://www.7-zip.org'''
||
* If not, then download and '''install''' it using this '''URL'''.

|-
|| Slide : Hardware requirements
|| The minimum hardware requirements for '''DSpace installation''' are
* '''i3 processor''' or above
* '''100GB hard disk''' or more
* '''4GB RAM''' or above

|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.

|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad '''and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in '''WordPad editor '''on my machine.

And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.

The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To install '''DSpace''', it is mandatory to have basic '''packages''' like '''Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us begin by '''installing''' the '''Java Development Kit.'''
|-
|| Open web browser
| | Open a '''web browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://www.oracle.com/in/java/technologies/javase/javase-jdk8-downloads.html'''
| | In the '''address bar''', type the '''URL '''as shown to view '''JDK8 installers''' available from '''Oracle'''.
|-
|| Locate and highlight

'''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Locate the '''installer file''' for '''Windows 64''' bit.

|-
| | Highlight '''u271'''
| | '''u271''' in the '''installation file''' name, is the '''release number''', which may be different in your case.
|-
| | Highlight '''x64'''
| | '''x64''' in the '''installation file''' name, indicates '''64-bit operating system'''.
|-
|| Slide: Installer for '''32 bit Windows OS'''
|| If you are using a '''32-bit operating system''', then you should download the '''installer''' for '''32-bit OS'''.
|-
| | Switch back to browser
|| Switch back to the '''browser.'''
|-
| | Click on the link '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| My machine is a '''64-bit OS'''.

So, I will download '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe.'''
|-
|| Point to Pop-up window
|| A pop-up window opens up to accept the '''license agreement'''.
|-
|| Check the checkbox of license agreement

Click on the button''' Download jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Check the checkbox of the '''license agreement'''.

And click on the button''' Download jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|-
| | Point to''' Oracle '''sign in
| | We will be redirected to the '''Oracle login page.'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| If you do not have an '''Oracle account''', please create an account and then log into '''Oracle.'''
|-
|| Enter Username : '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

Password:''' Dspace@123'''
|| I will enter the '''username''' and '''password''' of my '''Oracle account'''.

|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' button to download the '''installer'''.
|-
|| Point to downloading of '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| The '''installation file''' will get downloaded in the default '''downloads directory'''.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
|| Go to the place where you have downloaded the file on your machine.

In my case it is in the '''Downloads folder.'''
|-
| | Double click on '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Double-click on the '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe,''' to begin the '''installation'''.
|-
| | Click on '''Yes'''
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on the '''Yes '''or''' Run '''button.
|-
| | Click '''Next '''button
| | In the '''Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button to continue the installation process.
|-
|| Point to '''Development Tools'''

Click '''Next''' button
|| In the '''Custom Setup''' page, ensure that''' Development Tools '''is selected for '''installation. '''

Click the '''Next '''button to continue.
|-
|| Point to I'''nstall to:'''
|| Another dialog box opens up to select the '''installation folder'''.
|-
|| Point to''' C:\Program Files\Java\jre1.8.0_271'''
|| The installation path is set to '''C:\Program Files\Java\jre1.8.0_271.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Change''' button
|| If you wish to change the '''path''', click on the '''Change''' button.

I don’t wish to change the '''path''', so I will not be clicking.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button
|| Click on the '''Next '''button to continue.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''JDK '''installation has begun.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Installation''' is successfully completed now.
|-
|| Click '''Close''' button
|| Click on the '''Close''' button to close the dialog box.
|-
| | Only Narration
|| Now, let us install '''Apache Maven''', which is used to '''build DSpace source code'''.
|-
| | Switch back to browser
|| Switch back to the '''browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:
'''https://downloads.apache.org/maven/maven-3/3.6.3/binaries/apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip'''
|| In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown.
This will download '''Apache Maven 3.6.3'''
|-
|| Select “Save File” -> OK
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button.
|-
| | Switch back to '''Downloads''' folder
| | Switch back to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Copy '''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip '''file to '''C drive'''
| | Copy the file '''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip '''to '''C drive'''.
|-
| | Click''' Continue'''
|| If '''prompted, '''click on''' Continue '''to provide '''administrator permissions''' for copying.
|-
|| Right click on

'''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin zip '''->''' 7-Zip'''

Select '''Extract Here'''
|| Right-click on the file''' apache-maven-3.6.3-bin zip '''

From the context menu, select '''7-Zip'''

Then from the sub-menu, select '''Extract Here.'''
|-
| | Narration only
| | The file extraction begins.
|-
| | Point to '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder
| | The '''zipped''' contents are extracted in the '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder.
|-
| | Double click on the '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder
| | Open the folder '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''by double-clicking on it.
|-
| | Point to path '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3'''
| | The extracted contents '''bin, boot, conf, lib''' are located in the path '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3.'''
|-
| | Only Narration
| | In case the contents are extracted to any other folder, move them to this folder.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | Next, we will install the '''Apache Ant '''tool,''' '''which''' '''is used to install '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://downloads.apache.org/ant/binaries/apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip'''
|| Switch back to the '''browser'''.

In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown to download '''Apache Ant'''.
|-
|| Select “Save File” -> OK
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button
|-
| | Switch back to '''Downloads''' folder
| | Switch back to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Copy and extract''' apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip '''file in C drive
| | Like '''Maven''', copy and extract''' '''the file '''apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip '''to '''C''' '''drive'''.
|-
| | Point to path '''C:\apache-ant-1.10.9'''
| | Extracted contents '''bin, etc, lib, manual''' are located in the path''' C:\apache-ant-1.10.9.'''
|-
| | Narration only
| | Now let us set '''path variables''' for '''Java, Ant''' and '''Maven'''.
|-
| | Go to '''This PC'''
|| Go to '''My Computer''' or '''This PC.'''

Right-click on the empty area and select '''Properties.'''
|-
| | Click on '''Advanced system settings'''
| | Then click on the '''Advanced system settings '''from the left panel.
|-
| | Point to the '''Advanced''' tab
| | In the '''System Properties''' dialog box, make sure that the '''Advanced''' tab is selected.
|-
| | Click '''Environment Variables '''button
| | In the '''Advanced '''settings, click on the '''Environment Variables '''button.
|-
| | Click '''New '''button
| | In the '''Environment Variables '''dialog box, click on the '''New '''button in the '''User variable '''section.
|-
| | Point to '''New User Variable '''dialog box
| | '''New User Variable''' dialog box opens up.
|-
| | Narration only
| | Let us create a '''user variable''' for '''JDK'''.
|-
| | Enter variable name as '''JAVA_HOME'''
| | Type the '''variable''' name as '''JAVA_HOME.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Variable value''' field

Point to '''Browse Directory''' button
|| Next let us type the value for the '''variable''' in the '''Variable''' '''value''' field.

We can do so by directly typing the '''path''' or by using the '''Browse Directory''' button.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse Directory''' button

Point to '''Browse for Folder'''
|| I will click on the '''Browse Directory'''.

Immediately the '''Browse for Folder''' dialog box opens up.
|-
|| Browse to folder

'''This PC>> C drive >> Program Files>> Java >> jdk1.8.0_271'''
| | Browse to '''This PC,''' '''C drive, Program Files, Java, jdk1.8.0_271 '''directory.
|-
| | Click '''OK '''button in '''Browse for Folder '''dialog box
| | Then click the '''OK '''button in '''Browse for Folder '''dialog box.
|-
| | Point to '''Variable value'''
| | Observe that '''JDK installation path''' is shown in the '''Variable value.'''
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button
| | Click the '''OK''' button to save the '''variable'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME'''

'''MAVEN_HOME = C:\apache-maven-3.6.3'''

'''ANT_HOME= C:\apache-ant-1.10.9'''
|| Similarly, create '''MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME variables.'''

To do so, follow the steps used to create the '''JAVA_HOME variable.'''
|-
| | Highlight values '''of MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME'''
| | Ensure that correct '''installation paths''' are entered for '''Maven '''and '''Ant'''.
|-
| | Narration only
| | Now, let us '''set''' the '''Path variable''' in the '''System Variables '''section.
|-
| | Select '''Path '''variable -> Click '''Edit''' button in '''System variable'''
| | Select the '''Path variable''' in the '''System Variables '''section and click the '''Edit''' button.
|-
| | Click '''New''' button in '''Edit Environment Variable''' dialog box
| | In the '''Edit Environment Variable''' dialog box, click on the '''New''' button.
|-
| | Point to text field
| | A text field appears to '''set''' the '''path'''.
|-
| | Enter '''C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.8.0_271\bin'''
| | Type the '''path''' of the '''JDK''' '''bin''' folder as shown.
|-
| | Press '''Enter''' button
| | Press the '''Enter''' button to save the '''variable'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''Maven''' and '''Ant''' path

'''Maven '''path = '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3\bin'''

'''Ant '''path = '''C:\apache-ant-1.10.9\bin'''
| | Similarly, '''set paths''' for '''Maven''' and '''Ant'''.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button
| | Click the '''OK''' button to save the '''Path variable'''.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button in '''Environment Variable''' dialog box
| | Now click the '''OK''' button in the '''Environment Variable''' dialog box.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button in '''System Properties''' window
| | Then click the '''OK''' button in the '''System Properties''' window.
|-
| | Close '''System''' window
| | Close the '''System''' window.
|-
| | Narration Only
| | Now let us cross-verify the '''path variables''' set for '''JDK, Ant''' and '''Maven.'''
|-
| | Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''

Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
| | Click on '''Command Prompt'''
| | Click on the '''Command Prompt '''application.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | Here onwards please remember to press the '''Enter '''key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''java -version'''
|| In the '''prompt''', type the '''command'''

'''java –version'''

This will display the version of '''JDK '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''ant -version'''
|| Then, Type the '''command'''

'''ant –version'''

This will display the version of '''Ant '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''mvn -version'''
|| Type the '''command'''

'''mvn –version'''

This will display the version of '''Maven '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | So, we have '''installed''' and '''set '''the '''Environment Variables''' for '''Java, Ant''' and '''Maven.'''
|-
| | Slide : Troubleshoot path variable
|| If '''JDK''', '''Maven '''and '''Ant '''versions are not shown then recheck the following:
* Location of the '''Installation''' folders and
* '''Path variables set''' in '''Environment Variables'''

|-
| | Only narration
| | Next, let us '''install''' the '''git version control system'''.
|-
| | Switchback to browser
| | Switch back to '''browser.'''
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://git-scm.com/downloads'''
| | In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown to view available '''git downloads'''.
|-
| | Click on '''Windows''' under '''Downloads''' section
| | Under the '''Downloads''' section, click on '''Windows.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| When prompted, click on the '''Save file''' button to download the '''installer'''.

The download of '''Git installer''' begins.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
| | Now, Go to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Double click on '''Git-2.29.2.2-64-bit.exe'''
| | Double-click on '''Git-2.29.2.2-64-bit.exe '''to begin the '''installation'''.''' '''
|-
| | Click on '''Yes'''
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on '''Yes '''or''' Run '''button.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button
| | In the '''Git Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button continuously 4 times.
|-
||

Point to the drop down
|| The '''setup '''dialog box asks you to choose the default '''editor''' used by '''Git.'''

In the drop-down, make sure that “'''Use Vim as Git’s default Editor'''” is selected by default.

If not, select the same.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button repeatedly
| | Then click on the '''Next''' button continuously to '''install''' with the default '''configuration'''.
|-
| | Click '''Install''' button
| | Lastly, click on the '''Install '''button.
|-
| | Uncheck Checkbox of View release notes
| | Once the '''installation''' is over, uncheck the checkbox of “'''View release notes'''”.
|-
| | Click the '''Next '''button
| | Then click on the '''Next '''or''' Finish '''button.
|-
| | Only narration
| | So now, '''git''' is '''installed''' on the system.
|-
| | Restart the System
| | Restart the system to bring all the '''configurations''' into effect.
|-
| | Only narration
|| With this we have '''installed''' and '''configured '''the required '''packages''' for '''DSpace installation'''.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide : Summary
|| In this tutorial, we learnt to-
* '''Install Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git '''and
* '''Set''' '''Environment Variables''' for '''Java, Ant, '''and''' Maven'''

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
||
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial? Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* The Spoken Tutorial project will ensure an answer.
* You will have to register to ask questions.

|-
|| Slide : Forum for specific questions
||
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.
* This will help reduce the clutter.
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.

|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Installation-of-JDK-and-Build-tool-on-Windows-OS/English

2021-01-07T09:20:12Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script: Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: DSpace installation on Windows, Install JDK, install Java, install Maven, in..."

'''Script: Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace installation on Windows, Install JDK, install Java, install Maven, install Ant, install git, Set Environment variables, Set Path variables'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide : Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Install JDK and Build tools on Windows 10.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives Slide
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Install Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git '''and
* '''Set Environment variables''' for '''Java, Ant, '''and''' Maven'''

|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Windows 10 64 bit OS'''
* '''WordPad '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any other '''editor''' or '''web''' '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial,
* You should have an '''internet''' connection to '''install''' the necessary '''packages '''
* You should also have '''installed 7Zip file archiver'''

|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites

'''https://www.7-zip.org'''
|| * If not, then download and '''install''' it using this '''URL'''.

|-
|| Slide : Hardware requirements
|| The minimum hardware requirements for '''DSpace installation''' are
* '''i3 processor''' or above
* '''100GB hard disk''' or more
* '''4GB RAM''' or above

|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are in a file in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.

|-
|| Switch to '''WordPad '''and open the file
|| I have opened the '''commands file''' in '''WordPad editor '''on my machine.

And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.

The shortcut to paste on the '''Command Prompt '''is''' Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To install '''DSpace''', it is mandatory to have basic '''packages''' like '''Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us begin by '''installing''' the '''Java Development Kit.'''
|-
|| Open web browser
| | Open a '''web browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://www.oracle.com/in/java/technologies/javase/javase-jdk8-downloads.html'''
| | In the '''address bar''', type the '''URL '''as shown to view '''JDK8 installers''' available from '''Oracle'''.
|-
|| Locate and highlight

'''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Locate the '''installer file''' for '''Windows 64''' bit.

|-
| | Highlight '''u271'''
| | '''u271''' in the '''installation file''' name, is the '''release number''', which may be different in your case.
|-
| | Highlight '''x64'''
| | '''x64''' in the '''installation file''' name, indicates '''64-bit operating system'''.
|-
|| Slide: Installer for '''32 bit Windows OS'''
|| If you are using a '''32-bit operating system''', then you should download the '''installer''' for '''32-bit OS'''.
|-
| | Switch back to browser
|| Switch back to the '''browser.'''
|-
| | Click on the link '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| My machine is a '''64-bit OS'''.

So, I will download '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe.'''
|-
|| Point to Pop-up window
|| A pop-up window opens up to accept the '''license agreement'''.
|-
|| Check the checkbox of license agreement

Click on the button''' Download jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Check the checkbox of the '''license agreement'''.

And click on the button''' Download jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|-
| | Point to''' Oracle '''sign in
| | We will be redirected to the '''Oracle login page.'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| If you do not have an '''Oracle account''', please create an account and then log into '''Oracle.'''
|-
|| Enter Username : '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

Password:''' Dspace@123'''
|| I will enter the '''username''' and '''password''' of my '''Oracle account'''.

|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' button to download the '''installer'''.
|-
|| Point to downloading of '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| The '''installation file''' will get downloaded in the default '''downloads directory'''.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
|| Go to the place where you have downloaded the file on your machine.

In my case it is in the '''Downloads folder.'''
|-
| | Double click on '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe'''
|| Double-click on the '''jdk-8u271-windows-x64.exe,''' to begin the '''installation'''.
|-
| | Click on '''Yes'''
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on the '''Yes '''or''' Run '''button.
|-
| | Click '''Next '''button
| | In the '''Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button to continue the installation process.
|-
|| Point to '''Development Tools'''

Click '''Next''' button
|| In the '''Custom Setup''' page, ensure that''' Development Tools '''is selected for '''installation. '''

Click the '''Next '''button to continue.
|-
|| Point to I'''nstall to:'''
|| Another dialog box opens up to select the '''installation folder'''.
|-
|| Point to''' C:\Program Files\Java\jre1.8.0_271'''
|| The installation path is set to '''C:\Program Files\Java\jre1.8.0_271.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Change''' button
|| If you wish to change the '''path''', click on the '''Change''' button.

I don’t wish to change the '''path''', so I will not be clicking.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button
|| Click on the '''Next '''button to continue.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''JDK '''installation has begun.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Installation''' is successfully completed now.
|-
|| Click '''Close''' button
|| Click on the '''Close''' button to close the dialog box.
|-
| | Only Narration
|| Now, let us install '''Apache Maven''', which is used to '''build DSpace source code'''.
|-
| | Switch back to browser
|| Switch back to the '''browser'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:
'''https://downloads.apache.org/maven/maven-3/3.6.3/binaries/apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip'''
|| In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown.
This will download '''Apache Maven 3.6.3'''
|-
|| Select “Save File” -> OK
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button.
|-
| | Switch back to '''Downloads''' folder
| | Switch back to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Copy '''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip '''file to '''C drive'''
| | Copy the file '''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin.zip '''to '''C drive'''.
|-
| | Click''' Continue'''
|| If '''prompted, '''click on''' Continue '''to provide '''administrator permissions''' for copying.
|-
|| Right click on

'''apache-maven-3.6.3-bin zip '''->''' 7-Zip'''

Select '''Extract Here'''
|| Right-click on the file''' apache-maven-3.6.3-bin zip '''

From the context menu, select '''7-Zip'''

Then from the sub-menu, select '''Extract Here.'''
|-
| | Narration only
| | The file extraction begins.
|-
| | Point to '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder
| | The '''zipped''' contents are extracted in the '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder.
|-
| | Double click on the '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''folder
| | Open the folder '''apache-maven-3.6.3 '''by double-clicking on it.
|-
| | Point to path '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3'''
| | The extracted contents '''bin, boot, conf, lib''' are located in the path '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3.'''
|-
| | Only Narration
| | In case the contents are extracted to any other folder, move them to this folder.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | Next, we will install the '''Apache Ant '''tool,''' '''which''' '''is used to install '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://downloads.apache.org/ant/binaries/apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip'''
|| Switch back to the '''browser'''.

In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown to download '''Apache Ant'''.
|-
|| Select “Save File” -> OK
|| If prompted, click on the '''Save file''' option and then on the '''OK''' button
|-
| | Switch back to '''Downloads''' folder
| | Switch back to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Copy and extract''' apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip '''file in C drive
| | Like '''Maven''', copy and extract''' '''the file '''apache-ant-1.10.9-bin.zip '''to '''C''' '''drive'''.
|-
| | Point to path '''C:\apache-ant-1.10.9'''
| | Extracted contents '''bin, etc, lib, manual''' are located in the path''' C:\apache-ant-1.10.9.'''
|-
| | Narration only
| | Now let us set '''path variables''' for '''Java, Ant''' and '''Maven'''.
|-
| | Go to '''This PC'''
|| Go to '''My Computer''' or '''This PC.'''

Right-click on the empty area and select '''Properties.'''
|-
| | Click on '''Advanced system settings'''
| | Then click on the '''Advanced system settings '''from the left panel.
|-
| | Point to the '''Advanced''' tab
| | In the '''System Properties''' dialog box, make sure that the '''Advanced''' tab is selected.
|-
| | Click '''Environment Variables '''button
| | In the '''Advanced '''settings, click on the '''Environment Variables '''button.
|-
| | Click '''New '''button
| | In the '''Environment Variables '''dialog box, click on the '''New '''button in the '''User variable '''section.
|-
| | Point to '''New User Variable '''dialog box
| | '''New User Variable''' dialog box opens up.
|-
| | Narration only
| | Let us create a '''user variable''' for '''JDK'''.
|-
| | Enter variable name as '''JAVA_HOME'''
| | Type the '''variable''' name as '''JAVA_HOME.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Variable value''' field

Point to '''Browse Directory''' button
|| Next let us type the value for the '''variable''' in the '''Variable''' '''value''' field.

We can do so by directly typing the '''path''' or by using the '''Browse Directory''' button.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse Directory''' button

Point to '''Browse for Folder'''
|| I will click on the '''Browse Directory'''.

Immediately the '''Browse for Folder''' dialog box opens up.
|-
|| Browse to folder

'''This PC>> C drive >> Program Files>> Java >> jdk1.8.0_271'''
| | Browse to '''This PC,''' '''C drive, Program Files, Java, jdk1.8.0_271 '''directory.
|-
| | Click '''OK '''button in '''Browse for Folder '''dialog box
| | Then click the '''OK '''button in '''Browse for Folder '''dialog box.
|-
| | Point to '''Variable value'''
| | Observe that '''JDK installation path''' is shown in the '''Variable value.'''
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button
| | Click the '''OK''' button to save the '''variable'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME'''

'''MAVEN_HOME = C:\apache-maven-3.6.3'''

'''ANT_HOME= C:\apache-ant-1.10.9'''
|| Similarly, create '''MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME variables.'''

To do so, follow the steps used to create the '''JAVA_HOME variable.'''
|-
| | Highlight values '''of MAVEN_HOME''' and '''ANT_HOME'''
| | Ensure that correct '''installation paths''' are entered for '''Maven '''and '''Ant'''.
|-
| | Narration only
| | Now, let us '''set''' the '''Path variable''' in the '''System Variables '''section.
|-
| | Select '''Path '''variable -> Click '''Edit''' button in '''System variable'''
| | Select the '''Path variable''' in the '''System Variables '''section and click the '''Edit''' button.
|-
| | Click '''New''' button in '''Edit Environment Variable''' dialog box
| | In the '''Edit Environment Variable''' dialog box, click on the '''New''' button.
|-
| | Point to text field
| | A text field appears to '''set''' the '''path'''.
|-
| | Enter '''C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.8.0_271\bin'''
| | Type the '''path''' of the '''JDK''' '''bin''' folder as shown.
|-
| | Press '''Enter''' button
| | Press the '''Enter''' button to save the '''variable'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''Maven''' and '''Ant''' path

'''Maven '''path = '''C:\apache-maven-3.6.3\bin'''

'''Ant '''path = '''C:\apache-ant-1.10.9\bin'''
| | Similarly, '''set paths''' for '''Maven''' and '''Ant'''.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button
| | Click the '''OK''' button to save the '''Path variable'''.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button in '''Environment Variable''' dialog box
| | Now click the '''OK''' button in the '''Environment Variable''' dialog box.
|-
| | Click '''OK''' button in '''System Properties''' window
| | Then click the '''OK''' button in the '''System Properties''' window.
|-
| | Close '''System''' window
| | Close the '''System''' window.
|-
| | Narration Only
| | Now let us cross-verify the '''path variables''' set for '''JDK, Ant''' and '''Maven.'''
|-
| | Type '''cmd''' in search box of '''taskbar'''
|| Go to the '''search bar''' located at the bottom left of the '''taskbar.'''

Then type''' cmd.'''
|-
| | Click on '''Command Prompt'''
| | Click on the '''Command Prompt '''application.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | Here onwards please remember to press the '''Enter '''key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''java -version'''
|| In the '''prompt''', type the '''command'''

'''java –version'''

This will display the version of '''JDK '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''ant -version'''
|| Then, Type the '''command'''

'''ant –version'''

This will display the version of '''Ant '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
|| [Command Prompt] Type:

'''mvn -version'''
|| Type the '''command'''

'''mvn –version'''

This will display the version of '''Maven '''which is '''installed''' on our machine.
|-
| | Only Narration
| | So, we have '''installed''' and '''set '''the '''Environment Variables''' for '''Java, Ant''' and '''Maven.'''
|-
| | Slide : Troubleshoot path variable
|| If '''JDK''', '''Maven '''and '''Ant '''versions are not shown then recheck the following:
* Location of the '''Installation''' folders and
* '''Path variables set''' in '''Environment Variables'''

|-
| | Only narration
| | Next, let us '''install''' the '''git version control system'''.
|-
| | Switchback to browser
| | Switch back to '''browser.'''
|-
|| [Browser] Type:

'''https://git-scm.com/downloads'''
| | In the '''address bar''' type the '''URL''' as shown to view available '''git downloads'''.
|-
| | Click on '''Windows''' under '''Downloads''' section
| | Under the '''Downloads''' section, click on '''Windows.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Save file'''
|| When prompted, click on the '''Save file''' button to download the '''installer'''.

The download of '''Git installer''' begins.
|-
| | Open '''Downloads''' folder
| | Now, Go to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
| | Double click on '''Git-2.29.2.2-64-bit.exe'''
| | Double-click on '''Git-2.29.2.2-64-bit.exe '''to begin the '''installation'''.''' '''
|-
| | Click on '''Yes'''
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on '''Yes '''or''' Run '''button.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button
| | In the '''Git Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button continuously 4 times.
|-
||

Point to the drop down
|| The '''setup '''dialog box asks you to choose the default '''editor''' used by '''Git.'''

In the drop-down, make sure that “'''Use Vim as Git’s default Editor'''” is selected by default.

If not, select the same.
|-
| | Click '''Next''' button repeatedly
| | Then click on the '''Next''' button continuously to '''install''' with the default '''configuration'''.
|-
| | Click '''Install''' button
| | Lastly, click on the '''Install '''button.
|-
| | Uncheck Checkbox of View release notes
| | Once the '''installation''' is over, uncheck the checkbox of “'''View release notes'''”.
|-
| | Click the '''Next '''button
| | Then click on the '''Next '''or''' Finish '''button.
|-
| | Only narration
| | So now, '''git''' is '''installed''' on the system.
|-
| | Restart the System
| | Restart the system to bring all the '''configurations''' into effect.
|-
| | Only narration
|| With this we have '''installed''' and '''configured '''the required '''packages''' for '''DSpace installation'''.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide : Summary
|| In this tutorial, we learnt to-
* '''Install Java, Ant, Maven '''and''' git '''and
* '''Set''' '''Environment Variables''' for '''Java, Ant, '''and''' Maven'''

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
||
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial? Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* The Spoken Tutorial project will ensure an answer.
* You will have to register to ask questions.

|-
|| Slide : Forum for specific questions
||
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.
* This will help reduce the clutter.
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.

|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Batch-import-of-items/English

2020-09-10T07:53:00Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script : Batch import of Items''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: SAFBuilder, Batch Import, Batch Import in DSpace, Item Submission, Dublin Core, Mapfile, Metada..."

'''Script : Batch import of Items'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: SAFBuilder, Batch Import, Batch Import in DSpace, Item Submission, Dublin Core, Mapfile, Metadata Spreadsheet, Mapfile, Batch Job, Spoken Tutorial, Video Tutorial'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Batch import of Items.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Set up''' SAFBuilder'''
* Create''' '''a''' Simple Archive Format '''and
* Do a '''batch import''' of '''Items''' into a''' Collection'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3'''
* '''Firefox web browser '''and
* '''Gedit Text Editor'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''and '''text Editor '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''internet''' connection
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Have '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace '''and
* Created a '''Collection''' in the '''Community'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should have
* Knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* Familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standards'''
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' '''files used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the files before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Batch Import Feature'''
||
* '''Batch Import '''feature facilitates the upload of a large number of '''Items''', simultaneously.
* '''DSpace administrator''' is '''authorized''' to use the '''Batch Import '''feature.
|-
|| Slide: '''Batch Import'''
||
* '''Items '''uploaded using''' Batch Import''' are directly '''archived'''.
|-
|| Slide:''' Batch Import Methodology'''
||
* Basically, '''metadata''' for each '''Item''' is entered in a '''spreadsheet''' along with a filename.
* Then we have to compress the '''spreadsheet''' and '''Item files''' into a '''zip''' file using '''SAFBuilder'''.
* Using '''administrator authority''', we have to upload the '''zip '''file.
|-
|| Slide:''' Batch Import using SAFBuilder '''
||
* To import a '''batch''' of''' Items''', '''DSpace''' requires '''Items''' in the '''Simple Archive Format''' i.e. '''SAF.'''
* '''SAFBuilder''' is the tool that is used to create the '''Simple Archive Format.'''
|-
|| Slide: Setting up '''SAFBuilder'''
||
* '''SAFBuilder '''is an add-on tool, which can be set up''' '''for any '''Ubuntu Linux user'''.
* The '''manual''' to set up '''SAFBuilder''' on '''Windows '''is provided as '''Additional Reading Material''' on this tutorial page.
|-
|| Slide: '''Simple Archive Format'''
|| Let us see the structure for '''Simple Archive Format'''.
* The '''archive''' contains one '''subdirectory''' per''' Item'''.
* Each '''subdirectory''' contains # '''dublin_core.xml '''file i.e. the '''Item's metadata'''
* '''Files''' that come along with the '''Item '''and
* The '''Contents '''file, which consists of a list of filenames.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Let us proceed to set up''' '''the '''SAFBuilder '''tool.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T '''keys
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl + Alt + T''' keys simultaneously on the keyboard.
Ensure that you have '''root permissions''' to run the '''commands'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards please press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| Highlight user '''spoken'''
|| I will set up the '''SAFBuilder '''tool on the '''user spoken '''on my machine'''.'''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| '''git, jdk '''and '''maven '''tools are used to download and '''compile''' '''SAFBuilder, '''respectively'''.'''
These are already installed during '''DSpace '''installation.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''git clone https://github.com/DSpace-Labs/SAFBuilder.git'''
|| Type the following '''command''' to download '''SAFBuilder '''from '''DSpace-Labs repository''' in '''github.'''
The '''SAFBuilder '''download may take some time depending on your '''internet '''speed.

If the '''SAFBuilder''' download fails, then recheck your '''internet''' connection or try after some time.
'''SAFBuilder''' download is now completed on my machine.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''cd SAFBuilder'''
|| Now type '''cd SAFBuilder '''to change the current directory to '''SAFBuilder '''directory'''.'''
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''./safbuilder.sh'''
|| Then type '''./safbuilder.sh''' to '''compile SAFBuilder.'''
'''Compilation''' of '''SAFBuilder''' has started and it may take some time to complete.
If '''SAFBuilder compilation''' fails, then recheck your '''internet''' connection or try after some time.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''SAFBuilder compilation''' is now successful.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us proceed to create a '''Simple Archive Format''' of different '''Items'''.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''cd $HOME'''
|| Type '''cd $HOME, '''to change the current directory to '''Home''' directory.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''mkdir''' '''ItemUpload'''
|| Now let us create a directory to store the '''metadata spreadsheet '''and all the files to be uploaded.
I will create a directory named '''ItemUpload.'''
To do so, type '''mkdir''' '''ItemUpload.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| I have downloaded an '''article''' and its '''metadata '''files in my '''Downloads '''folder.
These are provided in the '''Code Files '''link.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''cd $HOME/Downloads'''
|| Using '''cd command''' we will switch to the '''Downloads '''directory.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type '''ls'''
|| Type '''ls''' to check the contents.
|-
|| Highlight '''Article1.pdf '''and '''Article2.pdf'''
|| For this demonstration, we will use '''Article1.pdf '''and '''Article2.pdf '''files for the '''batch upload'''.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''cp Article1.pdf Article2.pdf $HOME/ItemUpload'''
|| So, copy the files '''Article1.pdf '''and '''Article2.pdf''' to '''ItemUpload '''directory with this '''command'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to check the '''metadata spreadsheet''' file.
|-
|| Text on screen: In Windows OS, select Open with Excel
|| Right-click on '''Article1-2metadata.csv''' and select '''Open with LibreOffice Calc''' as shown here.
|-
|| Point to dialog box'''Text Import'''
|| The '''Text Import''' dialog box appears, which have some settings in which to import the text.
|-
|| Click the button '''OK'''
|| Keep the default settings and click on the '''OK''' button'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Article1-2metadata.csv'''
|| '''Article1-2metadata.csv '''opens as a '''spreadsheet'''.
|-
|| Point to '''header '''row
|| Observe that the first row is the '''header''' row.
|-
|| Point to columns of '''header '''row
|| Each column of the '''header '''row is a '''Dublin Core''' element.
It corresponds to each field in the '''Item Submission form.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| It is mandatory to use '''header names '''strictly as provided in this '''metadata spreadsheet'''.''' '''
|-
|| Point to column '''filename'''
|| The first column is '''filename, '''which is used to write the name of the file to be uploaded.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The next columns sequentially represent each field in the '''Item Submission form.'''
|-
|| Point to '''dc.contributor.author'''
|| For example, the first field in '''Item submission form''' is '''Authors.'''
The corresponding column for '''Author '''in the '''spreadsheet''' is '''dc.contributor.author'''
|-
|| Point to multiple columns of
'''dc.contributor.author'''
|| '''Author '''is a multi-value field in '''Item submission form'''.
So, multiple columns are represented as '''dc.contributor.author'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| The number of columns can be added or removed from multi-value fields in the '''Item Submission form.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Similarly, we have columns for other fields in the '''Item Submission form.'''
|-
|| Highlight '''dc.title,dc.date.issued,dc.publisher,etc'''
|| Single-value fields in the '''Item Submission form '''are represented using a single column.
|-
|| Highlight '''dc.identifier.ismn, dc.identifier.issn, dc.identifier.isbn'''
|| Multi-value fields in the '''Item Submission form '''are represented using multiple columns.
|-
|| Point to row of '''Article1.pdf'''
|| Each row in the '''spreadsheet''' represents a separate '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to row of '''Article1.pdf '''and '''Article2.pdf'''
|| For each '''Item '''to be uploaded, write the filename and '''metadata '''as shown.
|-
|| Point to '''Article1-2metadata.csv'''
|| The '''metadata spreadsheet''' should be saved in '''CSV format''' only.
|-
|| Close the '''Calc'''
|| Close the '''Calc''' window now.
|-
|| Switch back to terminal
|| Switch back to the '''terminal'''.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''cp Article1-2metadata.csv $HOME/ItemUpload'''
|| Now, copy the '''metadata spreadsheet''' file to the '''ItemUpload '''directory'''.'''
To do so, type the '''command''' as shown here.
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type
'''cd $HOME/ItemUpload'''
|| Now let us check the contents of the '''ItemUpload '''directory.
Using '''cd command,''' change current working directory to the '''ItemUpload '''directory'''.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type '''ls'''
|| Then type '''ls.'''
|-
|| Highlight '''Article1.pdf, Article2.pdf, Article1-2metadata.csv'''
|| '''ItemUpload '''directory has the files to be uploaded and their '''metadata''' in a '''CSV''' file.
i.e. '''Article1.pdf, Article2.pdf '''and '''Article1-2metadata.csv'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''zip '''file in the '''SAF''' format..
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''cd $HOME/SAFBuilder'''
|| Type this '''command '''to change the present working directory to '''SAFBuilder'''.
|-
|| [Terminal]: Type
'''./safbuilder.sh -c $HOME/ItemUpload/Article1-2metadata.csv -z'''
|| Type the next '''command '''as shown, to prepare a '''Simple Archive '''file.
The '''Simple Archive file '''creation is successful.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Simple Archive file '''in '''zip '''format will be created in the directory of the '''metadata spreadsheet'''.
In our case it is '''ItemUpload.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type
'''cd $HOME/ItemUpload'''
|| Type this''' command '''to change the current directory to '''ItemUpload '''directory'''.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] : Type '''ls'''
|| Type the '''command ls''' to get a list of files in '''ItemUpload '''directory'''.'''
|-
|| Highlight '''SimpleArchiveFormat.zip'''
|| '''SimpleArchiveFormat.zip '''is seen here.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to upload the '''zip''' file for '''batch import''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| '''Web browser >> Address bar >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open the '''DSpace '''interface.
|-
|| Log into '''DSpace '''with '''admin '''role
Email:''' dspace.u1@gmail.com '''
Password: '''u1pass'''
|| Login to '''DSpace '''with your '''administrator authority'''.
I will login with''' '''my '''administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''logged in''' tab
|| Click on the''' Logged in''' tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''Administer'''
|| Select '''Administer '''from the drop-down.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''Navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Batch import'''
|| From the drop-down, select '''Batch import'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Batch import'''
|| The '''Batch import '''page opens.
|-
|| Point to '''Select the type of the input data'''
|| '''Select type of the input data, Simple Archive Format (zip file via upload) '''is selected by default.
|-
|| click on '''Browse '''button
|| To upload the '''SAF zip '''file, click on the '''Browse '''button in the '''Select data file to upload '''field'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload'''
|| The '''File Upload '''dialog box''' '''opens up.
|-
|| Select '''SimpleArchiveFormat.zip'''
|| Browse and select the file '''SimpleArchiveFormat.zip '''
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''SimpleArchiveFormat.zip'''
|| On success, the name of the file''' '''is displayed next to the '''Browse '''button'''.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Select Collection''' drop down
|| Click on '''Select the owning collection of the items''' drop-down.
|-
|| Select the '''Articles Collection '''
|| From the list, select the '''Collection '''into which we want to upload the</span>''' Items.'''</span>
I will select '''Articles.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Select other collections that the items will belong to'''
|| '''Select other collections that the items will belong to '''field appears above the '''Upload''' button.
For this demonstration, I’m not selecting any other '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click '''Upload''' button
|| Click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to notification
|| A message is displayed, “'''The job was taken over, an email will be sent as soon as it’s finished'''”.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| We can see the progress of the '''batch import''' in the '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''My DSpace '''link
|| Click on '''My DSpace '''link'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Batch imports'''
|| In the '''Batch Imports '''section we can see the '''timestamp''' of the job submission for the '''batch import.'''
|-
|| Point to '''success'''
|| Also we can see the '''success status''' for this '''batch import '''job.
|-
|| click on '''show more '''link
|| To view more details, click on '''Show more '''link''' '''next to the '''timestamp''' of the job submission.
|-
|| Point to''' Items to be imported '''and '''Items imported '''
|| '''Items to be imported''' and '''Items imported''' along with the number of '''items''' is displayed.
|-
|| click on the link '''show items'''
|| To view the imported '''Items,''' click on the link '''Show items '''next to the label '''Items imported.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| '''Mapfile''' contains mapping of '''Items''' uploaded in the '''batch''' and their '''handle '''numbers.
|-
|| Point to the '''Download mapfile''' button
|| Download the '''mapfile''' by clicking on the '''Download mapfile''' button below the label '''Items imported.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| We can also delete the '''Items''' that were uploaded using''' batch import'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Delete uploaded items & remove imports '''button
|| To do so, use the button '''Delete uploaded items & remove import, '''next to '''Download mapfile''' button.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| For this demonstration, I will not be deleting the '''Items''' imported as a '''batch'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us cross-verify the '''batch import''' of the '''Items''' in the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| click the '''Browse''' tab
|| To do so, click the '''Browse''' tab in the '''Navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities and Collections'''
|| Then click on '''Communities and Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select the '''Article Collection '''
|| Select the '''Articles Collection.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Collection Home Page'''
|| The '''Collection Home Page '''appears.
|-
|| Scroll down
|| Scroll down to locate the '''Items '''we imported in the '''Collection. '''
|-
|| Point to '''Items'''
|| We can see that the '''Items''' submitted using '''batch import''' are successfully uploaded here.
|-
|| Point to '''Items'''
|| Sometimes,''' Items '''uploaded in a '''batch''' may take some time to appear in the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Select the first '''Item'''
|| Select the first '''Item''' submitted using '''batch import.'''
|-
|| Point to '''metadata '''and file
|| We can see the '''metadata''' of the '''Item''' and its file.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means, we have successfully uploaded '''Items''' using '''SAFBuilder''' and '''Batch import'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| On success of the '''Batch Import '''job, an '''email''' notification is also sent to the '''Administrator.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the email notification.
|-
|| Log into administrator’s email account
Email:''' dspace.u1@gmail.com '''
Password: '''d$pace2019*'''
|| Log in to your '''administrator's email account'''.
This is my '''administrator's email account.'''
|-
|| Point to mail
'''DSpace - Batch import successfully completed'''
|| Here is the '''email''' with the subject '''DSpace - Batch import successfully completed'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| If the '''email''' is not seen in the '''Inbox''', then it could be in the '''SPAM''' folder.
Otherwise please recheck your''' internet connection'''.
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Let us open the '''email'''.
|-
|| Highlight '''mapfile '''path
|| The email contains a '''mapfile path'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| So now we have verified the email notification of successful completion of '''batch import'''.
|-
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Set up''' SAFBuilder'''
* Create''' Simple Archive Format '''and
* Do a '''batch import''' of '''Items''' into a''' Collection'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create a '''metadata spreadsheet''' for '''Article3.pdf''' and '''Article4.pdf'''
* Use '''metadata''' provided in the '''Code Files''' for '''Article3.pdf''' and '''Article4.pdf'''
* Upload '''Article3.pdf''' and '''Article4.pdf '''in '''Article Collection '''using '''batch import'''.
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Item-Review-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T18:01:54Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Item Review in DSpace '''
'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''
'''Keywords: Item Review, Reviewer, Accept Item, Reject Item, Edit Item, Accept Tasks, Manage Tasks'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Item Review '''in''' DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Accept an '''Item Review Task'''
* Manage the''' Task '''and
*'''Review '''an '''Item '''in '''DSpace '''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working internet connection
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Have '''Reviewer’s authority''' in the''' Collection'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should have
* Knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* Familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide: '''Item Review '''in''' DSpace'''
|| '''Items''' are reviewed''' '''to check the suitability for inclusion in the''' Collection.'''
* The objective of '''Item review '''is Quality control
* Improvements to the '''bibliographic record '''and
* Checking of '''policy'''/'''copyright'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to accept the '''Item review Task'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Reviewer''' role
'''Email ID: dspace.u4@gmail.com <br>
'''Password : u4pass'''
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with a '''Reviewer's '''account.
I will login with my '''Reviewer’s '''account.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| You are now in the '''Reviewer’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Tasks in the Pool'''
|| '''Tasks in the Pool '''table show some '''Tasks'''.
'''Reviewers''' can check the''' Item submissions '''from the authorized''' Collections '''only.
|-
|| Point to details of '''Tasks in the Pool '''table
|| '''Tasks in the Pool '''table shows details of each '''Task''' like-
'''Task '''which shows a '''Task''' to be done
'''Item''' which is the '''Title''' of the '''Item'''
'''Submitted To''' which indicates the name of the '''Collection '''and
'''Submitted By''' which is the name of '''Item Submitter'''
|-
|| Point to '''Take Task '''button
|| '''Reviewers''' can preview the '''Task '''before finally accepting the '''Task.'''
To preview the specific '''Task, '''we have to click on the corresponding '''Take Task '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning'''
|| Now, let us preview an '''Item '''with the '''Title,'''
'''“Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning”'''
|-
|| Click on '''Take Task''' button
|| To do that, click on the corresponding '''Take Task''' button next to that particular '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Preview Task'''
|| The '''Preview Task''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to '''metadata '''of '''item'''
|| This page shows the '''metadata '''of the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Files in This Item''' table
|| '''Files in This Item''' table shows a list of files uploaded for this '''Item'''.
|-
|| click on '''View/Open''' button
|| To view a file, click on the '''View/Open''' button next to the filename.
|-
|| Point to Open file
|| The file opens in a new tab.
|-
|| close '''tab'''
|| Review the file and then close the tab.
|-
|| Click the button '''Accept This Task'''
|| To accept the '''Task''', we have to click on '''Accept This Task '''button''' '''at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Perform Task'''
|| The '''Perform Task '''page opens.
|-
|| Point to '''Metadata''' and '''file'''
|| '''Perform Task '''page shows the '''metadata '''of the '''Item''' and the '''files''' submitted for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Approve, Reject '''and '''Edit Metadata'''
|| '''Approve, Reject '''and '''Edit Metadata '''buttons are provided here for reviewing the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Do Later '''and '''Return Task to Pool '''
|| Whereas, '''Do Later '''and '''Return Task to Pool '''buttons are provided to manage the '''Task.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Do Later'''
|| If we wish to leave this '''Task''' for now, then we can use the '''Do Later''' option.
|-
|| Click on '''Do Later '''button
|| Click on the '''Do Later '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| We will be redirected to '''My DSpace '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Tasks in the Pool '''table
|| Now, observe that the accepted '''Task''' is not available in the '''Tasks in the Pool '''table.
|-
|| Point to '''Owned Task''' table
|| Instead, accepted '''Tasks '''are shown in the''' Owned Task''' table.
Thus, in '''DSpace '''terminology '''Accepted Tasks '''are known as '''Owned Tasks.'''
|-
|| Click '''Perform This Task '''button
|| To perform the owned '''Task, '''click on the corresponding''' Perform This Task '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Perform Task'''
|| The '''Perform Task '''page opens with the details of the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Return Task to Pool '''button
|| Next option to manage the '''Task '''is '''Return Task to Pool.'''
This option can be used to return the current '''Task '''to the '''Pool'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Return Task to Pool '''button
|| Click on the '''Return Task to Pool '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| We will be redirected to '''My DSpace '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Tasks in the Pool'''
|| Observe that the previously '''Accepted Task''' is now returned to '''Tasks in the Pool.'''
Now, the returned '''Task '''can be owned by another '''reviewer'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Take Task '''button''' >> Click '''on '''Accept This Task '''button
Item: '''Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning'''
|| For this demonstration, I will own the returned '''Task '''again, as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Perform Task'''
|| We are back on the '''Perform Task '''page.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Now, let us learn to review an '''Item '''using different '''Review '''options.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Before choosing any '''Review '''option, review the''' metadata''' and the '''files''' carefully.
|-
|| Point to '''Approve '''option
|| If the '''Item''' is suitable for inclusion in the '''Collection''', then we can select the '''Approve '''option.
On choosing the '''Approve''' option, the '''Item '''will be published directly'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Keywords'''
|| As, I have to update '''keywords '''for the '''Item''', I will not directly approve''' '''the''' Item.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Edit Metadata '''button
|| To update '''Keywords,''' click on the '''Edit Metadata '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| Immediately, we will be redirected to the '''Item submission form''' with the '''metadata '''of the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Click '''Next '''button
|| I have to update '''Keywords''', so let us locate the '''metadata''' field for '''Keywords'''.
|-
|| Enter new '''keyword ''': '''Electrical Engineering'''
|| Now update the '''Keywords '''as shown here.
|-
|| click the '''Next''' button
|| Click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner repeatedly until the '''Perform Task''' page is reached.
|-
|| Point to '''Keywords'''
|| Observe that the '''Keywords''' field is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Ensure that the '''metadata''' and the file for the '''Item '''is correct.
|-
|| Click '''Approve '''button
|| Finally, click on the '''Approve '''button for the inclusion of the '''Item '''into the '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Point to Confirmation message
|| Immediately, the '''Item '''gets archived and published.
A confirmation message is shown saying '''The submission has been placed in the main archive.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Identifier'''
|| '''DSpace''' generates an '''Identifier''' for the '''Item''' and displays it.
|-
|| Click on '''Identifier Link'''
|| To cross-verify the published '''Items''', click on the '''Identifier Link.'''
|-
|| Point to '''metadata '''and file of '''Item'''
|| '''Items '''are displayed with their respective '''metadata '''and files.
|-
|| Slide: '''Archived Item'''
||
* The archived '''Item''' is publicly visible.
* The '''Submitter''' and '''Reviewer''' cannot edit the archived '''Items.'''
|-
|| Slide: '''Archived Item'''
||
* '''EPerson '''with the following roles can edit the archived '''Items.''''''DSpace Administrator'''
* '''Authorized Community Administrator'''
* '''Authorized Collection Administrator'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Also, an '''email''' is sent to the '''Submitter''' which confirms the '''Item '''inclusion in the '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us proceed to cross-verify the '''email''' sent to the '''Submitter.'''
|-
|| Log into submitter email account
Email:''' dspace.u5@gmail.com'''
Password: ********
|| Login to the '''Submitter’s''' email account now.
|-
|| Point to mail
'''DSpace: Submission Approved and Archived'''
|| Here’s the '''mail''' with the subject''' DSpace: Submission Approved and Archived.'''
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Open the '''email'''.
|-
|| Point to Confirmation message
|| It confirms the acceptance of the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Identifier '''link
|| Also, an''' Identifier '''for the '''Item''' is shown.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| '''Approved Items '''are successfully included in the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Switch back to DSpace
|| Switch back to the '''DSpace '''interface.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn the remaining options of the '''Item review.'''
|-
|| Click '''Logged in'''
|| Click on the '''logged in''' tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''My DSpace'''
|| Select '''My DSpace''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| We are now on the '''My DSpace''' page of the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that, as the owned '''Task''' is completed, there are no more owned '''Tasks''' shown here.
|-
|| Click on '''Take Task '''button''' >> Click '''on '''Accept This Task '''button
'''Item Title: Design and Analysis of Double-Gate''' <br>
'''MOSFETs for Ultra-Low Power Radio Frequency''' <br>
'''Identification (RFID): Device and Circuit Co-Design'''
|| So now, let us own another '''Task '''from the '''Pool'''.
Click on the '''Take Task''' button next to the '''item''' title which starts with '''Design and Analysis.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Preview Task''' page
Click '''Accept This Task''' button
|| We will be redirected to the '''Preview Task''' page.
Click on the '''Accept This Task''' button at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to '''Perform Task'''
|| Now, we are redirected to the '''Perform Task''' page.
|-
|| Point to''' Reject '''button
|| If an '''Item''' is not suitable for inclusion in the '''Collection, '''the''' Reviewer '''can reject the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''metadata '''of '''Item'''
|| For example,''' Description''' has not been submitted for this '''Item''', which is crucial for accepting it.
So, this '''Item''' is not suitable for inclusion into the '''Collection. '''
|-
|| select '''Reject'''
|| To reject the '''Item''', just click on the '''Reject''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Enter Reason for Rejection'''
|| We will be redirected to the page with the title '''Enter Reason for Rejection.'''
|-
|| Enter the reason in text box
Enter : '''The Description field is empty.'''
'''Fix the problem and resubmit the Item.'''
|| Type the reason for rejection in the text box, as shown.
The typed message should clearly indicate the reason for the rejection.
Also, mention whether the '''Submitter''' should fix the problem and resubmit.
|-
|| Click on '''Reject Item '''button
|| Then click on the '''Reject Item '''button below the text box.
|-
|| Point to Confirmation message
|| The '''Task''' is now complete.
A notification will be sent to the '''Item Submitter'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us proceed to cross-verify the rejection '''email''' sent to the '''Submitter.'''
|-
|| Open '''submitter''' mail account
|| Switch back to the '''Submitter’s email account'''.
|-
|| Point to '''DSpace: Submission Rejected'''
|| In the '''Inbox''', we see a '''mail''' with the subject '''DSpace: Submission Rejected.'''
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Open the '''mail'''.
|-
|| Point to Confirmation message
|| It confirms the rejection of the '''item'''.
|-
|| Point to reason for rejection
|| The reason for rejection has also been mentioned.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Now, let’s proceed to check the '''My DSpace''' page of the '''Submitter'''.
|-
|| Switch back to DSpace
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout '''this '''user '''with the''' Reviewer '''role.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Submitter '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u5@gmail.com'''<br>
'''Password : '''u5pass'''
|| Then login to '''DSpace''' with the '''Submitter's '''account.
I will login with my '''Submitter’s '''account.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''Submitter’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Unfinished Submissions '''table
|| Notice that the '''Rejected Item submission''' appears in the''' Unfinished Submissions '''table.
|-
|| Point to''' Open '''button
|| '''Submitters '''can correct the''' rejected Item '''using the corresponding''' Open '''button'''.'''
After correction, the''' Submitter '''can re-submit the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Remove '''button
|| '''Submitters '''can also remove an '''Item''' from '''DSpace''' using the corresponding''' Remove '''button'''.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''View Accepted Submissions '''button
|| The '''Submitter '''can view all the '''accepted submissions''', which are self-submitted, as well.
To do so, click on the '''View Accepted Submissions '''button in the '''My DSpace''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Your Submissions'''
|| We will be redirected to '''Your Submissions''' page.
It shows all the '''accepted submissions'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| So, this is how to cross-verify '''accepted''' and '''rejected submissions''' using '''Submitter authority'''.
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Accept an '''Item Review Task'''
* Manage the''' Task '''and
* '''Review '''an '''Item '''in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Item-Submission-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T17:23:24Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Item Submission in DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords : Item Submission, Item Upload, Dublin Core metadata, Submitter, Submission Status'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Item Submission''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' 18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''internet connection'''
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat '''service should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created a '''Collection''' in the '''Community'''
* Have '''Submitter’s authority''' in the''' Collection'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should also have
* The knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* A familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' Article '''and the''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the files before practicing.
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* An '''Item''' is a bundle of digital files such as '''Article/Book/Report,''' etc. and the respective '''metadata'''
* By default, '''DSpace '''is configured for '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* Files''' '''uploaded as a part of '''Item '''are also known as''' Bitstreams '''
* '''Items '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Collection'''
|-
|| Show the file of '''HPC-Article.pdf '''and '''HPC-Article-metadata.txt'''
|| In this tutorial demonstration, I will submit a '''PDF''' file of an''' Article '''along with its '''metadata'''.
So, collectively an '''Article''' and its '''metadata''' constitutes an '''Item''' in '''DSpace''' terminology.
Now, let us proceed to submit an '''Item '''in the '''Collection '''using '''Submitter’s authority'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Submitter '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u5@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u5pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with the '''Submitter's account'''.
We had already created this '''account''' earlier in this series.
I will login with my '''Submitter’s account'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''Submitter’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Start New Submission '''button
|| Click on the '''Start New Submission '''button in the '''My DSpace''' section.
|-
|-
|| Click on '''Collection''' drop down
|| Next, click on the drop-down arrow adjacent to the '''Collection '''field.
A list of '''Collections''' will be displayed.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| These''' Collections '''appear with the respective hierarchical '''Community '''and''' Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| Now select '''Articles '''from the '''Collection '''list''', '''which appears as
'''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next''' button
|| Then click on the '''Next''' button below the '''Collection''' field to proceed further.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| The '''Item Submission''' '''form''' opens up.
|-
|| Highlight the''' Describe'''
|| In this''' form''', under the '''Describe''' tab we will fill the '''metadata''' of the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to''' '''the''' asterisk '''symbol
|| Please note that all fields marked with an '''asterisk''' symbol are mandatory.
You can leave the other fields blank, if you do not have those '''data'''.
|-
|| Fill fields of''' Authors, Title, Date of issue, Publisher, Citation'''
Authors : Jiji, C.V. Chaudhuri, S.<br>
Title : Single-Fame Image Super-resolution <br>
through Contourlet Learning<br>
Date of Issue : 2006<br>
Publisher : Hindawi Publishing Corporation<br>
Citation : Jiji & Chaudhuri (2006)
|| Based on my '''metadata''' file, I will fill the following fields:
'''Authors'''
'''Title'''
'''Date of issue'''
'''Publisher '''and
'''Citation'''
|-
|| Point to '''“+ Add more”''' button
|| If an '''Item''' has multiple values for a field, you can add it by clicking the '''Add more''' button.
For example.
If we have more than one '''Author''' for an '''Item''', click on '''Add more''' button to add other author names.
|-
|| '''Point to Identifiers'''
|| As an '''Identifier,''' any standardized code can be used.
|-
|| Point to different '''Identifiers'''
|| '''DSpace''' provides '''identifier''' options like''' ISSN, ISBN, ISMN, URI, Govt’s Doc No, '''and''' Others.'''
|-
|| Choose '''Identifier '''type and enter '''Identifier '''number
'''Identifiers : '''URI''' : '''10.1155/ASP/2006/73767
|| Choose the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the '''Identifiers''' field.
Then type the unique '''Identifier''' number, available for the file to be uploaded.
|-
|| Point to '''URI''' and '''DOI'''
|| I have selected '''URI''' and entered the '''DOI '''(i.e. '''Digital Object Identifier''') of the '''article'''.
|-
|| Select '''Type '''as''' Article'''
|| Select '''Type''' of the '''Item''' from the drop-down list.
I am going to select '''Article.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Type'''
|| '''Items '''may have multiple '''digital files''' of different '''types.'''
For '''Items '''with multiple '''digital files''', we can select multiple '''Types'''.
To do so, you may have to hold down the '''CTRL''' or '''Shift''' key on your keyboard.
|-
|| Point to '''Language'''
|| Select the '''language''' of the file to be uploaded for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Select '''English'''
|| As my '''Article''' is in '''English''', I am selecting '''English'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Enter '''Keywords '''and '''Abstract'''
'''Keywords : Training Image, Information Technology, image processing'''
|| In the second page, I will fill the '''keywords '''and the '''Abstract''' as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Sponsors''' and '''Description'''
|| Leave the rest of the fields as blank.
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''Next '''button
|| Click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit :''' '''Upload a file''' section
|| The next section is '''Upload a file''' section.
|-
|| Click on the '''Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| Click on the '''Select a file '''or''' Drag & drop files… '''link''' '''to upload the files.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload''' pop-up window
|| A pop-up window named '''File Upload''' opens.
|-
|| Browse to the directory
Select the file '''HPC-Article.pdf'''
|| Browse to the directory where the file is, on your computer and upload the file.
|-
|| Narration
|| The upload may take some time depending on the size of the file.
|-
|| Point to '''Files To Upload '''table
|| The '''Files To Upload '''table shows the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to the''' green tick '''mark
|| On successful file upload, a green tick mark symbol appears next to the filename.
|-
|| Point to the '''Description''' text box
|| Type any description text for the uploaded file in the '''Description '''field.
I am leaving this as blank for now.
|-
|| Point to''' Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| If you want to upload multiple files, then repeat the same steps as shown above.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Now, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully'''
|| '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully '''section shows the details of the uploaded files.
In this section, we can cross-verify the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to '''Remove '''button
|| Wrongly uploaded files can be removed by clicking on the '''Remove''' button adjacent to the filename.
|-
|| Point to '''Add another file '''button
|| We can add files for an''' Item''' by clicking on the '''Add another file '''button below the table.
And then repeat the '''File Upload''' steps.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Once the uploaded file is cross-verified, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| The next page, '''Submit: Verify Submission''' displays the '''metadata '''which we have entered so far.
At this stage we have entered '''Dublin Core metadata''' and uploaded a file for an '''item'''.
Check carefully for any mistakes in the entry and correct them, if any.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item'''
|| I noticed that I have made a spelling mistake in the '''Title'''.
|-
|| Click '''Correct one of these''' button
|| To correct the '''Title''', click on the corresponding '''Correct one of these''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe '''section
|| The '''Describe '''section of '''Item Submission '''form, opens up.
|-
|| Correct the '''Title'''
'''Title : Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning '''
|| Locate the spelling mistake and correct it.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| Click on the '''Next '''button repeatedly until you reach '''Submit: Verify Submission '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title'''
|| Observe that '''Title''' is now updated.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Once you ensure that everything is correct, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''DSpace Distribution License'''
|| In the '''DSpace Distribution License''' page, read the '''distribution license'''.
|-
|| Click '''I Grant the License '''button
|| If you agree with the terms in the '''license''', then click '''I Grant the License '''button at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Submission Complete'''
|| Now, our '''item '''is successfully submitted.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us proceed to check the status of the submitted''' Item'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Go to My DSpace'''
|| To do so, locate the link '''Go to My DSpace''' and click on it.
|-
|| Show''' My Dspace '''page
|| We will be redirected to the '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item '''in '''Submissions In Workflow Process''' section
|| We can see that the submitted '''Item''' is in the '''Workflow Process.'''
That is, the submitted '''Item '''is in the task pool of the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Let’s now learn how the '''Reviewer''' gets notified.
|-
|| Narration only
|| A notification email is sent to all authorized '''Reviewers''' of the''' '''respective''' Collection.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the '''email''' sent to the '''Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Log into '''reviewer’s''' email account
Email: dspace.u4@gmail.com
Password: **********
|| '''Log in''' to your '''Reviewer’s email account'''.
Mine is '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Point to mail
'''DSpace: You have a new task'''
|| Here is the '''email''' with the subject''' DSpace: You have a new task.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| If the '''email''' is not seen in the '''Inbox, '''then it could be in your '''SPAM''' folder.
Otherwise recheck your '''internet connection'''.
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Let us open the '''email'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Title, Collection, Submitted By'''
|| It shows details of the submitted '''Item '''like '''Title, Collection, Submitted By.'''
|-
|| Point to URL in the mail
|| The '''Reviewer''' can view a new '''Task,''' using the '''URL''' provided in the '''email'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So now, we have verified the notification email sent to the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check''' '''the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Submit an '''Item '''in the '''Article Collection '''of '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
||
* For uploading an '''Item''', use the following '''Article '''and '''metadata '''file from the '''Code Files'''.
** '''JLPEA-Article.pdf'''
** '''JLPEA-Article-metadata.txt'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Collection-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T16:52:31Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Collections'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Create Collection, Collections, Collection administrator, Collection metadata, DSpace workflow, Item submitter, Item Reviewer, Item submission workflow'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Collections '''in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Collection'''
* Edit a '''Collection'''
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Collection administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system.
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running.
* Have '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created''' '''a '''Community '''and''' Sub-Community'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
*This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
*If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Collection''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Collections '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Community '''or''' Sub-community.'''
* '''Collections '''are nothing but containers for '''Items.'''
* '''Items '''can only be submitted in the '''Collections.'''
* A '''Collection''' can be created by a '''DSpace administrator''' and '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Collection '''using''' DSpace administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an''' administrator account'''.
I will login with my '''administrator account'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
All '''Communities '''and''' Sub-communities '''are displayed.
|-
|| Select '''Electrical Engineering'''
|| '''Collections '''can only be created in the '''Community '''or '''Sub-community.'''
Let us select the '''Sub-community '''to create a '''Collection.'''
Under the '''IITB Digital Library Community''', I will select the '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community. '''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''of '''Electrical Engineering '''is displayed.
|-
|| Click on '''Create collection'''
|| To create a new '''Collection,''' click on the '''Create Collection '''button in the '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Describe the Collection'''
|| '''Describe the Collection '''page opens.
The '''Workflow''' for '''Item submissions '''in this''' Collection''' can be configured in this page.
|-
|| Point to checkboxes:
'''New Items should be publicly readable'''
'''Some users will be able to submit to this Collection'''
|| The default '''Workflow''' for '''Item submissions '''is '''Item Submission without review.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| But for this demonstration, I will configure '''Item Submission '''with the '''review '''step.
|-
|| Point to selected configurations
Check the checkbox for '''The submission workflow will include an accept/reject/edit metadata step'''
|| To do so, check the following option-
'''The submission workflow will include an accept or reject or edit metadata step'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe the Collection '''label
|| The next step is '''Describe the Collection.'''
In this step we will submit the '''Collection’s metadata'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| '''Collections '''are described using '''metadata elements'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| Basic '''metadata elements''' of '''Collections '''are,
* '''Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
||
* '''Sidebar text'''
* '''License'''
* '''Provenance '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Collection Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Collection '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Collection''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Collection metadata.'''
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''
'''Name: Articles''' <br>
'''Introductory text:'''
Article collection contains
articles of Electrical Domain.
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
I am naming the '''Collection''' as '''Articles.'''
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text, License, Provenance'''
|| For now, I will leave '''Short Description, Copyright text, Sidebar text, License '''and''' Provenance '''as empty.
|-
|| Point to''' Logo '''field
|| Also, I will skip uploading a '''logo'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Authorization to Submit'''
|| We will be redirected to '''Authorization to Submit '''page.
In this step, we will provide '''Item submission authority''' to '''EPersons''' and '''groups'''.
|-
|| Click on the ''''Select E-people'''' button
|| Click on the '''Select E-people''' button to choose the '''EPerson.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| A pop-up window '''Select E-people''' opens up.
|-
|| Click on the '''Add '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID''' of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I am adding the '''user''' with '''email id dspace.u5@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Close '''button in '''Select E-people '''popup''' '''window
|| Close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the authorized '''EPerson''' list'''.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
|-
|| Point to '''groups''' text box
|| Similarly, '''Groups''' can also be authorized to submit '''Items''' to '''Collections'''.
For this demonstration, I will skip '''Group authorization'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submission Workflow Accept/Reject/Edit Metadata Step'''
|| Next step is '''Submission Workflow Accept/Reject/Edit Metadata Step'''.
In this step, we can authorize '''EPersons''' and '''Groups''' to review '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Reviewers '''are permitted to edit the '''metadata''' of incoming '''submissions'''.
Also, '''Reviewers''' can accept or reject submitted '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To add an''' EPerson''' follow the same steps which are used to''' '''assign''' submit authorizations.'''
|-
|| Add '''EPerson''' to list
ID: '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|| I will assign '''Reviewer authority''' to the '''EPerson''' with''' email ID dspace.u4@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Collection'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Collection''' page.
This page has the details of the newly created '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully created a '''Collection'''.
Let us proceed to cross-verify this '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do so, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Now, click on the '''Browse''' tab in the''' navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
The '''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Articles'''
|| Observe that the newly-created '''Collection - Articles, '''is displayed under the '''Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now let us proceed to edit the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Select '''Articles'''
|| Click on the '''Collection '''name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Collection home page'''
|| The '''Collection home page '''opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Collection home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit the '''Collection, '''click on the '''Edit '''button in the '''Admin Tools '''section.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit collection'''
|| '''Edit Collection''' page opens, with details of the selected '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Edit fields of '''collection metadata'''
'''Introductory text:'''
Article collection contains
articles of Electrical Domain.
All resources have CC-BY-SA license
|| Now, edit the fields in the '''Collection’s metadata '''form.
I have updated '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the '''Update '''button
|| Once the '''metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Observe that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete the '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| To do so, first click the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Collection '''button
|| Then click on the '''Delete this Collection '''button, above the '''Submission Workflow''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Collection'''
|| Immediately, you will be asked to confirm the '''Delete Collection '''action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Collection''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete the '''Collection.'''
So click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back on the '''Collection home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to assign a '''Collection Administrator''' for our '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| To do so, click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Collection Administrator '''in''' '''the''' Submission Workflow '''section.
|| The '''Submission Workflow '''section has settings for the '''Collection Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create '''button located next to the '''Collection Administrator'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Notice that this '''Edit group '''page is the one which we used earlier to create a '''Group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Collection administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default '''DSpace''' generates the name for the '''group.'''

But we can provide our own new name to the''' group '''of''' Collection administrators.'''

For this demonstration, I will keep the default name as it is.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Collection Administrator roles '''can be assigned to '''EPerson '''and''' Group members.'''
Now let us select''' '''an '''EPerson '''to authorize as a '''Collection administrator.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To do so, repeat the same steps which were used to add''' EPerson '''as''' Submitter '''and''' Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Add user with email ID
'''dspace.u3@gmail.com '''
|| I will assign the '''Collection Administrator '''role to the '''EPerson '''with '''email id dspace.u3@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully assigned the '''Collection administrator role '''to the '''EPerson.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Similarly, '''Submission workflow '''can be used to edit '''Submitter '''and '''Reviewer. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly assigned '''Collection administrator''' role.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''Articles'''
|| Select the '''Collection. '''I am selecting '''Articles.'''
|-
|| Show '''Collection home page'''
|| The '''Collection home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Here, click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Collection Administrators'''
|| Then click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Collection Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that the '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Collection administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, the''' Collection administrator '''has '''authority '''to manage this '''Collection'''.
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us now '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :
* Create a '''Collection'''
* Edit a '''Collection '''and''' '''
* Authorize an '''EPerson''' as '''Collection administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create a '''Collection''' named '''Computer Engineering ''' under''' IITB Archives Community.'''
* Assign a '''Collection administrator ''' to '''Computer Engineering Collection.'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Collection-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T16:51:20Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Collections'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Create Collection, Collections, Collection administrator, Collection metadata, DSpace workflow, Item submitter, Item Reviewer, Item submission workflow'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Collections '''in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Collection'''
* Edit a '''Collection'''
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Collection administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system.
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running.
* Have '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created''' '''a '''Community '''and''' Sub-Community'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
*This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
*If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Collection''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Collections '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Community '''or''' Sub-community.'''
* '''Collections '''are nothing but containers for '''Items.'''
* '''Items '''can only be submitted in the '''Collections.'''
* A '''Collection''' can be created by a '''DSpace administrator''' and '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Collection '''using''' DSpace administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an''' administrator account'''.
I will login with my '''administrator account'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
All '''Communities '''and''' Sub-communities '''are displayed.
|-
|| Select '''Electrical Engineering'''
|| '''Collections '''can only be created in the '''Community '''or '''Sub-community.'''
Let us select the '''Sub-community '''to create a '''Collection.'''
Under the '''IITB Digital Library Community''', I will select the '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community. '''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''of '''Electrical Engineering '''is displayed.
|-
|| Click on '''Create collection'''
|| To create a new '''Collection,''' click on the '''Create Collection '''button in the '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Describe the Collection'''
|| '''Describe the Collection '''page opens.
The '''Workflow''' for '''Item submissions '''in this''' Collection''' can be configured in this page.
|-
|| Point to checkboxes:
'''New Items should be publicly readable'''
'''Some users will be able to submit to this Collection'''
|| The default '''Workflow''' for '''Item submissions '''is '''Item Submission without review.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| But for this demonstration, I will configure '''Item Submission '''with the '''review '''step.
|-
|| Point to selected configurations
Check the checkbox for '''The submission workflow will include an accept/reject/edit metadata step'''
|| To do so, check the following option-
'''The submission workflow will include an accept or reject or edit metadata step'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe the Collection '''label
|| The next step is '''Describe the Collection.'''
In this step we will submit the '''Collection’s metadata'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| '''Collections '''are described using '''metadata elements'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| Basic '''metadata elements''' of '''Collections '''are,
* '''Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
||
* '''Sidebar text'''
* '''License'''
* '''Provenance '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Collection Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Collection '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Collection''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Collection metadata.'''
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''
'''Name: Articles'''
'''Introductory text:'''
Article collection contains
articles of Electrical Domain.
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
I am naming the '''Collection''' as '''Articles.'''
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text, License, Provenance'''
|| For now, I will leave '''Short Description, Copyright text, Sidebar text, License '''and''' Provenance '''as empty.
|-
|| Point to''' Logo '''field
|| Also, I will skip uploading a '''logo'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Authorization to Submit'''
|| We will be redirected to '''Authorization to Submit '''page.
In this step, we will provide '''Item submission authority''' to '''EPersons''' and '''groups'''.
|-
|| Click on the ''''Select E-people'''' button
|| Click on the '''Select E-people''' button to choose the '''EPerson.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| A pop-up window '''Select E-people''' opens up.
|-
|| Click on the '''Add '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID''' of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I am adding the '''user''' with '''email id dspace.u5@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Close '''button in '''Select E-people '''popup''' '''window
|| Close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the authorized '''EPerson''' list'''.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
|-
|| Point to '''groups''' text box
|| Similarly, '''Groups''' can also be authorized to submit '''Items''' to '''Collections'''.
For this demonstration, I will skip '''Group authorization'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submission Workflow Accept/Reject/Edit Metadata Step'''
|| Next step is '''Submission Workflow Accept/Reject/Edit Metadata Step'''.
In this step, we can authorize '''EPersons''' and '''Groups''' to review '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Reviewers '''are permitted to edit the '''metadata''' of incoming '''submissions'''.
Also, '''Reviewers''' can accept or reject submitted '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To add an''' EPerson''' follow the same steps which are used to''' '''assign''' submit authorizations.'''
|-
|| Add '''EPerson''' to list
ID: '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|| I will assign '''Reviewer authority''' to the '''EPerson''' with''' email ID dspace.u4@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Collection'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Collection''' page.
This page has the details of the newly created '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully created a '''Collection'''.
Let us proceed to cross-verify this '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do so, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Now, click on the '''Browse''' tab in the''' navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
The '''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Articles'''
|| Observe that the newly-created '''Collection - Articles, '''is displayed under the '''Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now let us proceed to edit the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Select '''Articles'''
|| Click on the '''Collection '''name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Collection home page'''
|| The '''Collection home page '''opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Collection home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit the '''Collection, '''click on the '''Edit '''button in the '''Admin Tools '''section.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit collection'''
|| '''Edit Collection''' page opens, with details of the selected '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Edit fields of '''collection metadata'''
'''Introductory text:'''
Article collection contains
articles of Electrical Domain.
All resources have CC-BY-SA license
|| Now, edit the fields in the '''Collection’s metadata '''form.
I have updated '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the '''Update '''button
|| Once the '''metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Observe that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete the '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| To do so, first click the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Collection '''button
|| Then click on the '''Delete this Collection '''button, above the '''Submission Workflow''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Collection'''
|| Immediately, you will be asked to confirm the '''Delete Collection '''action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Collection''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete the '''Collection.'''
So click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back on the '''Collection home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to assign a '''Collection Administrator''' for our '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| To do so, click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Collection Administrator '''in''' '''the''' Submission Workflow '''section.
|| The '''Submission Workflow '''section has settings for the '''Collection Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create '''button located next to the '''Collection Administrator'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Notice that this '''Edit group '''page is the one which we used earlier to create a '''Group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Collection administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default '''DSpace''' generates the name for the '''group.'''

But we can provide our own new name to the''' group '''of''' Collection administrators.'''

For this demonstration, I will keep the default name as it is.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Collection Administrator roles '''can be assigned to '''EPerson '''and''' Group members.'''
Now let us select''' '''an '''EPerson '''to authorize as a '''Collection administrator.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To do so, repeat the same steps which were used to add''' EPerson '''as''' Submitter '''and''' Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Add user with email ID
'''dspace.u3@gmail.com '''
|| I will assign the '''Collection Administrator '''role to the '''EPerson '''with '''email id dspace.u3@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully assigned the '''Collection administrator role '''to the '''EPerson.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Similarly, '''Submission workflow '''can be used to edit '''Submitter '''and '''Reviewer. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly assigned '''Collection administrator''' role.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''Articles'''
|| Select the '''Collection. '''I am selecting '''Articles.'''
|-
|| Show '''Collection home page'''
|| The '''Collection home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Here, click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Collection Administrators'''
|| Then click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Collection Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that the '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Collection administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, the''' Collection administrator '''has '''authority '''to manage this '''Collection'''.
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us now '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :
* Create a '''Collection'''
* Edit a '''Collection '''and''' '''
* Authorize an '''EPerson''' as '''Collection administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create a '''Collection''' named '''Computer Engineering ''' under''' IITB Archives Community.'''
* Assign a '''Collection administrator ''' to '''Computer Engineering Collection.'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T16:43:53Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com''' <br>
'''Password : u1pass '''
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community
contains educational resources
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
||
* '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains
educational resources from various domains
like Electrical Engineering,<br>Mechanical Engineering,etc
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''<br>
Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain.
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T16:42:00Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com''' <br>
'''Password : u1pass '''
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community
contains educational resources
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
||
* '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains
educational resources from various domains<br>
like Electrical Engineering,Mechanical Engineering,etc
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''<br>
Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain.
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T16:39:13Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com''' <br>
'''Password : u1pass '''
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community<br>
contains educational resources
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
||
* '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains
educational resources from various domains<br>
like Electrical Engineering,Mechanical Engineering,etc
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''<br>
Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources<br> of Electrical Domain.
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T16:34:35Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community<br>
contains educational resources
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
||
* '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains<br>
educational resources from various domains<br>
like Electrical Engineering,<br>
Mechanical Engineering,etc
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''<br>
Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community<br>
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain.
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T16:32:33Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community<br>
contains educational resources
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
||
* '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains<br>
educational resources from various domains<br>
like Electrical Engineering,<br>
Mechanical Engineering,etc
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''
'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Item-Review-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T11:01:18Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script : Item Review in DSpace ''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil ''' '''Keywords: Item Review, Reviewer, Accept Item, Reject Item, Edit Item, Accept Tasks, Manage Tasks''' {| b..."

'''Script : Item Review in DSpace '''
'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''
'''Keywords: Item Review, Reviewer, Accept Item, Reject Item, Edit Item, Accept Tasks, Manage Tasks'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Item Review '''in''' DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Accept an '''Item Review Task'''
* Manage the''' Task '''and
*'''Review '''an '''Item '''in '''DSpace '''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working internet connection
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Have '''Reviewer’s authority''' in the''' Collection'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should have
* Knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* Familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide: '''Item Review '''in''' DSpace'''
|| '''Items''' are reviewed''' '''to check the suitability for inclusion in the''' Collection.'''
* The objective of '''Item review '''is Quality control
* Improvements to the '''bibliographic record '''and
* Checking of '''policy'''/'''copyright'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to accept the '''Item review Task'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Reviewer''' role
'''Email ID: dspace.u4@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u4pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with a '''Reviewer's '''account.
I will login with my '''Reviewer’s '''account.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| You are now in the '''Reviewer’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Tasks in the Pool'''
|| '''Tasks in the Pool '''table show some '''Tasks'''.
'''Reviewers''' can check the''' Item submissions '''from the authorized''' Collections '''only.
|-
|| Point to details of '''Tasks in the Pool '''table
|| '''Tasks in the Pool '''table shows details of each '''Task''' like-
'''Task '''which shows a '''Task''' to be done
'''Item''' which is the '''Title''' of the '''Item'''
'''Submitted To''' which indicates the name of the '''Collection '''and
'''Submitted By''' which is the name of '''Item Submitter'''
|-
|| Point to '''Take Task '''button
|| '''Reviewers''' can preview the '''Task '''before finally accepting the '''Task.'''
To preview the specific '''Task, '''we have to click on the corresponding '''Take Task '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning'''
|| Now, let us preview an '''Item '''with the '''Title,'''
'''“Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning”'''
|-
|| Click on '''Take Task''' button
|| To do that, click on the corresponding '''Take Task''' button next to that particular '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Preview Task'''
|| The '''Preview Task''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to '''metadata '''of '''item'''
|| This page shows the '''metadata '''of the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Files in This Item''' table
|| '''Files in This Item''' table shows a list of files uploaded for this '''Item'''.
|-
|| click on '''View/Open''' button
|| To view a file, click on the '''View/Open''' button next to the filename.
|-
|| Point to Open file
|| The file opens in a new tab.
|-
|| close '''tab'''
|| Review the file and then close the tab.
|-
|| Click the button '''Accept This Task'''
|| To accept the '''Task''', we have to click on '''Accept This Task '''button''' '''at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Perform Task'''
|| The '''Perform Task '''page opens.
|-
|| Point to '''Metadata''' and '''file'''
|| '''Perform Task '''page shows the '''metadata '''of the '''Item''' and the '''files''' submitted for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Approve, Reject '''and '''Edit Metadata'''
|| '''Approve, Reject '''and '''Edit Metadata '''buttons are provided here for reviewing the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Do Later '''and '''Return Task to Pool '''
|| Whereas, '''Do Later '''and '''Return Task to Pool '''buttons are provided to manage the '''Task.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Do Later'''
|| If we wish to leave this '''Task''' for now, then we can use the '''Do Later''' option.
|-
|| Click on '''Do Later '''button
|| Click on the '''Do Later '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| We will be redirected to '''My DSpace '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Tasks in the Pool '''table
|| Now, observe that the accepted '''Task''' is not available in the '''Tasks in the Pool '''table.
|-
|| Point to '''Owned Task''' table
|| Instead, accepted '''Tasks '''are shown in the''' Owned Task''' table.
Thus, in '''DSpace '''terminology '''Accepted Tasks '''are known as '''Owned Tasks.'''
|-
|| Click '''Perform This Task '''button
|| To perform the owned '''Task, '''click on the corresponding''' Perform This Task '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Perform Task'''
|| The '''Perform Task '''page opens with the details of the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Return Task to Pool '''button
|| Next option to manage the '''Task '''is '''Return Task to Pool.'''
This option can be used to return the current '''Task '''to the '''Pool'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Return Task to Pool '''button
|| Click on the '''Return Task to Pool '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| We will be redirected to '''My DSpace '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Tasks in the Pool'''
|| Observe that the previously '''Accepted Task''' is now returned to '''Tasks in the Pool.'''
Now, the returned '''Task '''can be owned by another '''reviewer'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Take Task '''button''' >> Click '''on '''Accept This Task '''button
Item: '''Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning'''
|| For this demonstration, I will own the returned '''Task '''again, as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Perform Task'''
|| We are back on the '''Perform Task '''page.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Now, let us learn to review an '''Item '''using different '''Review '''options.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Before choosing any '''Review '''option, review the''' metadata''' and the '''files''' carefully.
|-
|| Point to '''Approve '''option
|| If the '''Item''' is suitable for inclusion in the '''Collection''', then we can select the '''Approve '''option.
On choosing the '''Approve''' option, the '''Item '''will be published directly'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Keywords'''
|| As, I have to update '''keywords '''for the '''Item''', I will not directly approve''' '''the''' Item.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Edit Metadata '''button
|| To update '''Keywords,''' click on the '''Edit Metadata '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| Immediately, we will be redirected to the '''Item submission form''' with the '''metadata '''of the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Click '''Next '''button
|| I have to update '''Keywords''', so let us locate the '''metadata''' field for '''Keywords'''.
|-
|| Enter new '''keyword ''': '''Electrical Engineering'''
|| Now update the '''Keywords '''as shown here.
|-
|| click the '''Next''' button
|| Click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner repeatedly until the '''Perform Task''' page is reached.
|-
|| Point to '''Keywords'''
|| Observe that the '''Keywords''' field is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Ensure that the '''metadata''' and the file for the '''Item '''is correct.
|-
|| Click '''Approve '''button
|| Finally, click on the '''Approve '''button for the inclusion of the '''Item '''into the '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Point to Confirmation message
|| Immediately, the '''Item '''gets archived and published.
A confirmation message is shown saying '''The submission has been placed in the main archive.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Identifier'''
|| '''DSpace''' generates an '''Identifier''' for the '''Item''' and displays it.
|-
|| Click on '''Identifier Link'''
|| To cross-verify the published '''Items''', click on the '''Identifier Link.'''
|-
|| Point to '''metadata '''and file of '''Item'''
|| '''Items '''are displayed with their respective '''metadata '''and files.
|-
|| Slide: '''Archived Item'''
||
* The archived '''Item''' is publicly visible.
* The '''Submitter''' and '''Reviewer''' cannot edit the archived '''Items.'''
|-
|| Slide: '''Archived Item'''
||
* '''EPerson '''with the following roles can edit the archived '''Items.''''''DSpace Administrator'''
* '''Authorized Community Administrator'''
* '''Authorized Collection Administrator'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Also, an '''email''' is sent to the '''Submitter''' which confirms the '''Item '''inclusion in the '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us proceed to cross-verify the '''email''' sent to the '''Submitter.'''
|-
|| Log into submitter email account
Email: dspace.u5@gmail.com
Password: ********
|| Login to the '''Submitter’s''' email account now.
|-
|| Point to mail
'''DSpace: Submission Approved and Archived'''
|| Here’s the '''mail''' with the subject''' DSpace: Submission Approved and Archived.'''
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Open the '''email'''.
|-
|| Point to Confirmation message
|| It confirms the acceptance of the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Identifier '''link
|| Also, an''' Identifier '''for the '''Item''' is shown.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| '''Approved Items '''are successfully included in the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Switch back to DSpace
|| Switch back to the '''DSpace '''interface.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn the remaining options of the '''Item review.'''
|-
|| Click '''Logged in'''
|| Click on the '''logged in''' tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''My DSpace'''
|| Select '''My DSpace''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Point to '''My DSpace'''
|| We are now on the '''My DSpace''' page of the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that, as the owned '''Task''' is completed, there are no more owned '''Tasks''' shown here.
|-
|| Click on '''Take Task '''button''' >> Click '''on '''Accept This Task '''button
'''Item Title: Design and Analysis of Double-Gate <br>
MOSFETs for Ultra-Low Power Radio Frequency <br>
Identification (RFID): Device and Circuit Co-Design'''
|| So now, let us own another '''Task '''from the '''Pool'''.
Click on the '''Take Task''' button next to the '''item''' title which starts with '''Design and Analysis.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Preview Task''' page
Click '''Accept This Task''' button
|| We will be redirected to the '''Preview Task''' page.
Click on the '''Accept This Task''' button at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to '''Perform Task'''
|| Now, we are redirected to the '''Perform Task''' page.
|-
|| Point to''' Reject '''button
|| If an '''Item''' is not suitable for inclusion in the '''Collection, '''the''' Reviewer '''can reject the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''metadata '''of '''Item'''
|| For example,''' Description''' has not been submitted for this '''Item''', which is crucial for accepting it.
So, this '''Item''' is not suitable for inclusion into the '''Collection. '''
|-
|| select '''Reject'''
|| To reject the '''Item''', just click on the '''Reject''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Enter Reason for Rejection'''
|| We will be redirected to the page with the title '''Enter Reason for Rejection.'''
|-
|| Enter the reason in text box
Enter : '''The Description field is empty.'''
'''Fix the problem and resubmit the Item.'''
|| Type the reason for rejection in the text box, as shown.
The typed message should clearly indicate the reason for the rejection.
Also, mention whether the '''Submitter''' should fix the problem and resubmit.
|-
|| Click on '''Reject Item '''button
|| Then click on the '''Reject Item '''button below the text box.
|-
|| Point to Confirmation message
|| The '''Task''' is now complete.
A notification will be sent to the '''Item Submitter'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us proceed to cross-verify the rejection '''email''' sent to the '''Submitter.'''
|-
|| Open '''submitter''' mail account
|| Switch back to the '''Submitter’s email account'''.
|-
|| Point to '''DSpace: Submission Rejected'''
|| In the '''Inbox''', we see a '''mail''' with the subject '''DSpace: Submission Rejected.'''
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Open the '''mail'''.
|-
|| Point to Confirmation message
|| It confirms the rejection of the '''item'''.
|-
|| Point to reason for rejection
|| The reason for rejection has also been mentioned.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Now, let’s proceed to check the '''My DSpace''' page of the '''Submitter'''.
|-
|| Switch back to DSpace
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout '''this '''user '''with the''' Reviewer '''role.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Submitter '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u5@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u5pass
|| Then login to '''DSpace''' with the '''Submitter's '''account.
I will login with my '''Submitter’s '''account.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''Submitter’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Unfinished Submissions '''table
|| Notice that the '''Rejected Item submission''' appears in the''' Unfinished Submissions '''table.
|-
|| Point to''' Open '''button
|| '''Submitters '''can correct the''' rejected Item '''using the corresponding''' Open '''button'''.'''
After correction, the''' Submitter '''can re-submit the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Remove '''button
|| '''Submitters '''can also remove an '''Item''' from '''DSpace''' using the corresponding''' Remove '''button'''.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''View Accepted Submissions '''button
|| The '''Submitter '''can view all the '''accepted submissions''', which are self-submitted, as well.
To do so, click on the '''View Accepted Submissions '''button in the '''My DSpace''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Your Submissions'''
|| We will be redirected to '''Your Submissions''' page.
It shows all the '''accepted submissions'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| So, this is how to cross-verify '''accepted''' and '''rejected submissions''' using '''Submitter authority'''.
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Accept an '''Item Review Task'''
* Manage the''' Task '''and
* '''Review '''an '''Item '''in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Item-Submission-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T08:15:10Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Item Submission in DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords : Item Submission, Item Upload, Dublin Core metadata, Submitter, Submission Status'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Item Submission''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' 18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''internet connection'''
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat '''service should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created a '''Collection''' in the '''Community'''
* Have '''Submitter’s authority''' in the''' Collection'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should also have
* The knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* A familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' Article '''and the''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the files before practicing.
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* An '''Item''' is a bundle of digital files such as '''Article/Book/Report,''' etc. and the respective '''metadata'''
* By default, '''DSpace '''is configured for '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* Files''' '''uploaded as a part of '''Item '''are also known as''' Bitstreams '''
* '''Items '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Collection'''
|-
|| Show the file of '''HPC-Article.pdf '''and '''HPC-Article-metadata.txt'''
|| In this tutorial demonstration, I will submit a '''PDF''' file of an''' Article '''along with its '''metadata'''.
So, collectively an '''Article''' and its '''metadata''' constitutes an '''Item''' in '''DSpace''' terminology.
Now, let us proceed to submit an '''Item '''in the '''Collection '''using '''Submitter’s authority'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Submitter '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u5@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u5pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with the '''Submitter's account'''.
We had already created this '''account''' earlier in this series.
I will login with my '''Submitter’s account'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''Submitter’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Start New Submission '''button
|| Click on the '''Start New Submission '''button in the '''My DSpace''' section.
|-
|-
|| Click on '''Collection''' drop down
|| Next, click on the drop-down arrow adjacent to the '''Collection '''field.
A list of '''Collections''' will be displayed.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| These''' Collections '''appear with the respective hierarchical '''Community '''and''' Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| Now select '''Articles '''from the '''Collection '''list''', '''which appears as
'''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next''' button
|| Then click on the '''Next''' button below the '''Collection''' field to proceed further.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| The '''Item Submission''' '''form''' opens up.
|-
|| Highlight the''' Describe'''
|| In this''' form''', under the '''Describe''' tab we will fill the '''metadata''' of the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to''' '''the''' asterisk '''symbol
|| Please note that all fields marked with an '''asterisk''' symbol are mandatory.
You can leave the other fields blank, if you do not have those '''data'''.
|-
|| Fill fields of''' Authors, Title, Date of issue, Publisher, Citation'''
Authors : Jiji, C.V. Chaudhuri, S.<br>
Title : Single-Fame Image Super-resolution <br>
through Contourlet Learning<br>
Date of Issue : 2006<br>
Publisher : Hindawi Publishing Corporation<br>
Citation : Jiji & Chaudhuri (2006)
|| Based on my '''metadata''' file, I will fill the following fields:
'''Authors'''
'''Title'''
'''Date of issue'''
'''Publisher '''and
'''Citation'''
|-
|| Point to '''“+ Add more”''' button
|| If an '''Item''' has multiple values for a field, you can add it by clicking the '''Add more''' button.
For example.
If we have more than one '''Author''' for an '''Item''', click on '''Add more''' button to add other author names.
|-
|| '''Point to Identifiers'''
|| As an '''Identifier,''' any standardized code can be used.
|-
|| Point to different '''Identifiers'''
|| '''DSpace''' provides '''identifier''' options like''' ISSN, ISBN, ISMN, URI, Govt’s Doc No, '''and''' Others.'''
|-
|| Choose '''Identifier '''type and enter '''Identifier '''number
'''Identifiers : '''URI''' : '''10.1155/ASP/2006/73767
|| Choose the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the '''Identifiers''' field.
Then type the unique '''Identifier''' number, available for the file to be uploaded.
|-
|| Point to '''URI''' and '''DOI'''
|| I have selected '''URI''' and entered the '''DOI '''(i.e. '''Digital Object Identifier''') of the '''article'''.
|-
|| Select '''Type '''as''' Article'''
|| Select '''Type''' of the '''Item''' from the drop-down list.
I am going to select '''Article.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Type'''
|| '''Items '''may have multiple '''digital files''' of different '''types.'''
For '''Items '''with multiple '''digital files''', we can select multiple '''Types'''.
To do so, you may have to hold down the '''CTRL''' or '''Shift''' key on your keyboard.
|-
|| Point to '''Language'''
|| Select the '''language''' of the file to be uploaded for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Select '''English'''
|| As my '''Article''' is in '''English''', I am selecting '''English'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Enter '''Keywords '''and '''Abstract'''
'''Keywords : Training Image, Information Technology, image processing'''
|| In the second page, I will fill the '''keywords '''and the '''Abstract''' as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Sponsors''' and '''Description'''
|| Leave the rest of the fields as blank.
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''Next '''button
|| Click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit :''' '''Upload a file''' section
|| The next section is '''Upload a file''' section.
|-
|| Click on the '''Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| Click on the '''Select a file '''or''' Drag & drop files… '''link''' '''to upload the files.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload''' pop-up window
|| A pop-up window named '''File Upload''' opens.
|-
|| Browse to the directory
Select the file '''HPC-Article.pdf'''
|| Browse to the directory where the file is, on your computer and upload the file.
|-
|| Narration
|| The upload may take some time depending on the size of the file.
|-
|| Point to '''Files To Upload '''table
|| The '''Files To Upload '''table shows the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to the''' green tick '''mark
|| On successful file upload, a green tick mark symbol appears next to the filename.
|-
|| Point to the '''Description''' text box
|| Type any description text for the uploaded file in the '''Description '''field.
I am leaving this as blank for now.
|-
|| Point to''' Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| If you want to upload multiple files, then repeat the same steps as shown above.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Now, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully'''
|| '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully '''section shows the details of the uploaded files.
In this section, we can cross-verify the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to '''Remove '''button
|| Wrongly uploaded files can be removed by clicking on the '''Remove''' button adjacent to the filename.
|-
|| Point to '''Add another file '''button
|| We can add files for an''' Item''' by clicking on the '''Add another file '''button below the table.
And then repeat the '''File Upload''' steps.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Once the uploaded file is cross-verified, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| The next page, '''Submit: Verify Submission''' displays the '''metadata '''which we have entered so far.
At this stage we have entered '''Dublin Core metadata''' and uploaded a file for an '''item'''.
Check carefully for any mistakes in the entry and correct them, if any.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item'''
|| I noticed that I have made a spelling mistake in the '''Title'''.
|-
|| Click '''Correct one of these''' button
|| To correct the '''Title''', click on the corresponding '''Correct one of these''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe '''section
|| The '''Describe '''section of '''Item Submission '''form, opens up.
|-
|| Correct the '''Title'''
'''Title : Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning '''
|| Locate the spelling mistake and correct it.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| Click on the '''Next '''button repeatedly until you reach '''Submit: Verify Submission '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title'''
|| Observe that '''Title''' is now updated.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Once you ensure that everything is correct, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''DSpace Distribution License'''
|| In the '''DSpace Distribution License''' page, read the '''distribution license'''.
|-
|| Click '''I Grant the License '''button
|| If you agree with the terms in the '''license''', then click '''I Grant the License '''button at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Submission Complete'''
|| Now, our '''item '''is successfully submitted.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us proceed to check the status of the submitted''' Item'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Go to My DSpace'''
|| To do so, locate the link '''Go to My DSpace''' and click on it.
|-
|| Show''' My Dspace '''page
|| We will be redirected to the '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item '''in '''Submissions In Workflow Process''' section
|| We can see that the submitted '''Item''' is in the '''Workflow Process.'''
That is, the submitted '''Item '''is in the task pool of the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
||
|| Let’s now learn how the '''Reviewer''' gets notified.
|-
|| Narration only
|| A notification email is sent to all authorized '''Reviewers''' of the''' '''respective''' Collection.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the '''email''' sent to the '''Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Log into '''reviewer’s''' email account
Email: dspace.u4@gmail.com
Password: **********
|| '''Log in''' to your '''Reviewer’s email account'''.
Mine is '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Point to mail
'''DSpace: You have a new task'''
|| Here is the '''email''' with the subject''' DSpace: You have a new task.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| If the '''email''' is not seen in the '''Inbox, '''then it could be in your '''SPAM''' folder.
Otherwise recheck your '''internet connection'''.
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Let us open the '''email'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Title, Collection, Submitted By'''
|| It shows details of the submitted '''Item '''like '''Title, Collection, Submitted By.'''
|-
|| Point to URL in the mail
|| The '''Reviewer''' can view a new '''Task,''' using the '''URL''' provided in the '''email'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So now, we have verified the notification email sent to the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check''' '''the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Submit an '''Item '''in the '''Article Collection '''of '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
||
* For uploading an '''Item''', use the following '''Article '''and '''metadata '''file from the '''Code Files'''.
** '''JLPEA-Article.pdf'''
** '''JLPEA-Article-metadata.txt'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Item-Submission-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T07:27:51Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Item Submission in DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords : Item Submission, Item Upload, Dublin Core metadata, Submitter, Submission Status'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Item Submission''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' 18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''internet connection'''
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat '''service should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created a '''Collection''' in the '''Community'''
* Have '''Submitter’s authority''' in the''' Collection'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should also have
* The knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* A familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' Article '''and the''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the files before practicing.
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* An '''Item''' is a bundle of digital files such as '''Article/Book/Report,''' etc. and the respective '''metadata'''
* By default, '''DSpace '''is configured for '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* Files''' '''uploaded as a part of '''Item '''are also known as''' Bitstreams '''
* '''Items '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Collection'''
|-
|| Show the file of '''HPC-Article.pdf '''and '''HPC-Article-metadata.txt'''
|| In this tutorial demonstration, I will submit a '''PDF''' file of an''' Article '''along with its '''metadata'''.
So, collectively an '''Article''' and its '''metadata''' constitutes an '''Item''' in '''DSpace''' terminology.
Now, let us proceed to submit an '''Item '''in the '''Collection '''using '''Submitter’s authority'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Submitter '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u5@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u5pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with the '''Submitter's account'''.
We had already created this '''account''' earlier in this series.
I will login with my '''Submitter’s account'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''Submitter’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Start New Submission '''button
|| Click on the '''Start New Submission '''button in the '''My DSpace''' section.
|-
|-
|| Click on '''Collection''' drop down
|| Next, click on the drop-down arrow adjacent to the '''Collection '''field.
A list of '''Collections''' will be displayed.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| These''' Collections '''appear with the respective hierarchical '''Community '''and''' Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| Now select '''Articles '''from the '''Collection '''list''', '''which appears as
'''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next''' button
|| Then click on the '''Next''' button below the '''Collection''' field to proceed further.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| The '''Item Submission''' '''form''' opens up.
|-
|| Highlight the''' Describe'''
|| In this''' form''', under the '''Describe''' tab we will fill the '''metadata''' of the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to''' '''the''' asterisk '''symbol
|| Please note that all fields marked with an '''asterisk''' symbol are mandatory.
You can leave the other fields blank, if you do not have those '''data'''.
|-
|| Fill fields of''' Authors, Title, Date of issue, Publisher, Citation'''
Authors : Jiji, C.V. Chaudhuri, S.
Title : Single-Fame Image Super-resolution
through Contourlet Learning
Date of Issue : 2006
Publisher : Hindawi Publishing Corporation
Citation : Jiji & Chaudhuri (2006)
|| Based on my '''metadata''' file, I will fill the following fields:
'''Authors'''
'''Title'''
'''Date of issue'''
'''Publisher '''and
'''Citation'''
|-
|| Point to '''“+ Add more”''' button
|| If an '''Item''' has multiple values for a field, you can add it by clicking the '''Add more''' button.
For example.
If we have more than one '''Author''' for an '''Item''', click on '''Add more''' button to add other author names.
|-
|| '''Point to Identifiers'''
|| As an '''Identifier,''' any standardized code can be used.
|-
|| Point to different '''Identifiers'''
|| '''DSpace''' provides '''identifier''' options like''' ISSN, ISBN, ISMN, URI, Govt’s Doc No, '''and''' Others.'''
|-
|| Choose '''Identifier '''type and enter '''Identifier '''number
'''Identifiers : '''URI''' : '''10.1155/ASP/2006/73767
|| Choose the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the '''Identifiers''' field.
Then type the unique '''Identifier''' number, available for the file to be uploaded.
|-
|| Point to '''URI''' and '''DOI'''
|| I have selected '''URI''' and entered the '''DOI '''(i.e. '''Digital Object Identifier''') of the '''article'''.
|-
|| Select '''Type '''as''' Article'''
|| Select '''Type''' of the '''Item''' from the drop-down list.
I am going to select '''Article.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Type'''
|| '''Items '''may have multiple '''digital files''' of different '''types.'''
For '''Items '''with multiple '''digital files''', we can select multiple '''Types'''.
To do so, you may have to hold down the '''CTRL''' or '''Shift''' key on your keyboard.
|-
|| Point to '''Language'''
|| Select the '''language''' of the file to be uploaded for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Select '''English'''
|| As my '''Article''' is in '''English''', I am selecting '''English'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Enter '''Keywords '''and '''Abstract'''
'''Keywords : Training Image, Information Technology, image processing'''
|| In the second page, I will fill the '''keywords '''and the '''Abstract''' as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Sponsors''' and '''Description'''
|| Leave the rest of the fields as blank.
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''Next '''button
|| Click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit :''' '''Upload a file''' section
|| The next section is '''Upload a file''' section.
|-
|| Click on the '''Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| Click on the '''Select a file '''or''' Drag & drop files… '''link''' '''to upload the files.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload''' pop-up window
|| A pop-up window named '''File Upload''' opens.
|-
|| Browse to the directory
Select the file '''HPC-Article.pdf'''
|| Browse to the directory where the file is, on your computer and upload the file.
|-
|| Narration
|| The upload may take some time depending on the size of the file.
|-
|| Point to '''Files To Upload '''table
|| The '''Files To Upload '''table shows the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to the''' green tick '''mark
|| On successful file upload, a green tick mark symbol appears next to the filename.
|-
|| Point to the '''Description''' text box
|| Type any description text for the uploaded file in the '''Description '''field.
I am leaving this as blank for now.
|-
|| Point to''' Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| If you want to upload multiple files, then repeat the same steps as shown above.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Now, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully'''
|| '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully '''section shows the details of the uploaded files.
In this section, we can cross-verify the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to '''Remove '''button
|| Wrongly uploaded files can be removed by clicking on the '''Remove''' button adjacent to the filename.
|-
|| Point to '''Add another file '''button
|| We can add files for an''' Item''' by clicking on the '''Add another file '''button below the table.
And then repeat the '''File Upload''' steps.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Once the uploaded file is cross-verified, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| The next page, '''Submit: Verify Submission''' displays the '''metadata '''which we have entered so far.
At this stage we have entered '''Dublin Core metadata''' and uploaded a file for an '''item'''.
Check carefully for any mistakes in the entry and correct them, if any.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item'''
|| I noticed that I have made a spelling mistake in the '''Title'''.
|-
|| Click '''Correct one of these''' button
|| To correct the '''Title''', click on the corresponding '''Correct one of these''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe '''section
|| The '''Describe '''section of '''Item Submission '''form, opens up.
|-
|| Correct the '''Title'''
'''Title : Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning '''
|| Locate the spelling mistake and correct it.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| Click on the '''Next '''button repeatedly until you reach '''Submit: Verify Submission '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title'''
|| Observe that '''Title''' is now updated.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Once you ensure that everything is correct, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''DSpace Distribution License'''
|| In the '''DSpace Distribution License''' page, read the '''distribution license'''.
|-
|| Click '''I Grant the License '''button
|| If you agree with the terms in the '''license''', then click '''I Grant the License '''button at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Submission Complete'''
|| Now, our '''item '''is successfully submitted.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us proceed to check the status of the submitted''' Item'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Go to My DSpace'''
|| To do so, locate the link '''Go to My DSpace''' and click on it.
|-
|| Show''' My Dspace '''page
|| We will be redirected to the '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item '''in '''Submissions In Workflow Process''' section
|| We can see that the submitted '''Item''' is in the '''Workflow Process.'''
That is, the submitted '''Item '''is in the task pool of the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
||
|| Let’s now learn how the '''Reviewer''' gets notified.
|-
|| Narration only
|| A notification email is sent to all authorized '''Reviewers''' of the''' '''respective''' Collection.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the '''email''' sent to the '''Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Log into '''reviewer’s''' email account
Email: dspace.u4@gmail.com
Password: **********
|| '''Log in''' to your '''Reviewer’s email account'''.
Mine is '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Point to mail
'''DSpace: You have a new task'''
|| Here is the '''email''' with the subject''' DSpace: You have a new task.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| If the '''email''' is not seen in the '''Inbox, '''then it could be in your '''SPAM''' folder.
Otherwise recheck your '''internet connection'''.
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Let us open the '''email'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Title, Collection, Submitted By'''
|| It shows details of the submitted '''Item '''like '''Title, Collection, Submitted By.'''
|-
|| Point to URL in the mail
|| The '''Reviewer''' can view a new '''Task,''' using the '''URL''' provided in the '''email'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So now, we have verified the notification email sent to the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check''' '''the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Submit an '''Item '''in the '''Article Collection '''of '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
||
* For uploading an '''Item''', use the following '''Article '''and '''metadata '''file from the '''Code Files'''.
** '''JLPEA-Article.pdf'''
** '''JLPEA-Article-metadata.txt'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Item-Submission-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T07:24:53Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Item Submission in DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords : Item Submission, Item Upload, Dublin Core metadata, Submitter, Submission Status'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Item Submission''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' 18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''internet connection'''
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat '''service should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created a '''Collection''' in the '''Community'''
* Have '''Submitter’s authority''' in the''' Collection'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should also have
* The knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* A familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' Article '''and the''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the files before practicing.
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* An '''Item''' is a bundle of digital files such as '''Article/Book/Report,''' etc. and the respective '''metadata'''
* By default, '''DSpace '''is configured for '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* Files''' '''uploaded as a part of '''Item '''are also known as''' Bitstreams '''
* '''Items '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Collection'''
|-
|| Show the file of '''HPC-Article.pdf '''and '''HPC-Article-metadata.txt'''
|| In this tutorial demonstration, I will submit a '''PDF''' file of an''' Article '''along with its '''metadata'''.
So, collectively an '''Article''' and its '''metadata''' constitutes an '''Item''' in '''DSpace''' terminology.
Now, let us proceed to submit an '''Item '''in the '''Collection '''using '''Submitter’s authority'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Submitter '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u5@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u5pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with the '''Submitter's account'''.
We had already created this '''account''' earlier in this series.
I will login with my '''Submitter’s account'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''Submitter’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Start New Submission '''button
|| Click on the '''Start New Submission '''button in the '''My DSpace''' section.
|-
|-
|| Click on '''Collection''' drop down
|| Next, click on the drop-down arrow adjacent to the '''Collection '''field.
A list of '''Collections''' will be displayed.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| These''' Collections '''appear with the respective hierarchical '''Community '''and''' Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| Now select '''Articles '''from the '''Collection '''list''', '''which appears as
'''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next''' button
|| Then click on the '''Next''' button below the '''Collection''' field to proceed further.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| The '''Item Submission''' '''form''' opens up.
|-
|| Highlight the''' Describe'''
|| In this''' form''', under the '''Describe''' tab we will fill the '''metadata''' of the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to''' '''the''' asterisk '''symbol
|| Please note that all fields marked with an '''asterisk''' symbol are mandatory.
You can leave the other fields blank, if you do not have those '''data'''.
|-
|| Fill fields of''' Authors, Title, Date of issue, Publisher, Citation'''
'''Authors : Jiji, C.V. Chaudhuri, S.'''
'''Title : Single-Fame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning '''
'''Date of Issue : 2006 '''
'''Publisher : Hindawi Publishing Corporation '''
'''Citation : Jiji & Chaudhuri (2006)'''
|| Based on my '''metadata''' file, I will fill the following fields:
'''Authors'''
'''Title'''
'''Date of issue'''
'''Publisher '''and
'''Citation'''
|-
|| Point to '''“+ Add more”''' button
|| If an '''Item''' has multiple values for a field, you can add it by clicking the '''Add more''' button.
For example.
If we have more than one '''Author''' for an '''Item''', click on '''Add more''' button to add other author names.
|-
|| '''Point to Identifiers'''
|| As an '''Identifier,''' any standardized code can be used.
|-
|| Point to different '''Identifiers'''
|| '''DSpace''' provides '''identifier''' options like''' ISSN, ISBN, ISMN, URI, Govt’s Doc No, '''and''' Others.'''
|-
|| Choose '''Identifier '''type and enter '''Identifier '''number
'''Identifiers : '''URI''' : '''10.1155/ASP/2006/73767
|| Choose the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the '''Identifiers''' field.
Then type the unique '''Identifier''' number, available for the file to be uploaded.
|-
|| Point to '''URI''' and '''DOI'''
|| I have selected '''URI''' and entered the '''DOI '''(i.e. '''Digital Object Identifier''') of the '''article'''.
|-
|| Select '''Type '''as''' Article'''
|| Select '''Type''' of the '''Item''' from the drop-down list.
I am going to select '''Article.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Type'''
|| '''Items '''may have multiple '''digital files''' of different '''types.'''
For '''Items '''with multiple '''digital files''', we can select multiple '''Types'''.
To do so, you may have to hold down the '''CTRL''' or '''Shift''' key on your keyboard.
|-
|| Point to '''Language'''
|| Select the '''language''' of the file to be uploaded for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Select '''English'''
|| As my '''Article''' is in '''English''', I am selecting '''English'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Enter '''Keywords '''and '''Abstract'''
'''Keywords : Training Image, Information Technology, image processing'''
|| In the second page, I will fill the '''keywords '''and the '''Abstract''' as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Sponsors''' and '''Description'''
|| Leave the rest of the fields as blank.
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''Next '''button
|| Click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit :''' '''Upload a file''' section
|| The next section is '''Upload a file''' section.
|-
|| Click on the '''Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| Click on the '''Select a file '''or''' Drag & drop files… '''link''' '''to upload the files.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload''' pop-up window
|| A pop-up window named '''File Upload''' opens.
|-
|| Browse to the directory
Select the file '''HPC-Article.pdf'''
|| Browse to the directory where the file is, on your computer and upload the file.
|-
|| Narration
|| The upload may take some time depending on the size of the file.
|-
|| Point to '''Files To Upload '''table
|| The '''Files To Upload '''table shows the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to the''' green tick '''mark
|| On successful file upload, a green tick mark symbol appears next to the filename.
|-
|| Point to the '''Description''' text box
|| Type any description text for the uploaded file in the '''Description '''field.
I am leaving this as blank for now.
|-
|| Point to''' Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| If you want to upload multiple files, then repeat the same steps as shown above.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Now, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully'''
|| '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully '''section shows the details of the uploaded files.
In this section, we can cross-verify the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to '''Remove '''button
|| Wrongly uploaded files can be removed by clicking on the '''Remove''' button adjacent to the filename.
|-
|| Point to '''Add another file '''button
|| We can add files for an''' Item''' by clicking on the '''Add another file '''button below the table.
And then repeat the '''File Upload''' steps.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Once the uploaded file is cross-verified, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| The next page, '''Submit: Verify Submission''' displays the '''metadata '''which we have entered so far.
At this stage we have entered '''Dublin Core metadata''' and uploaded a file for an '''item'''.
Check carefully for any mistakes in the entry and correct them, if any.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item'''
|| I noticed that I have made a spelling mistake in the '''Title'''.
|-
|| Click '''Correct one of these''' button
|| To correct the '''Title''', click on the corresponding '''Correct one of these''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe '''section
|| The '''Describe '''section of '''Item Submission '''form, opens up.
|-
|| Correct the '''Title'''
'''Title : Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning '''
|| Locate the spelling mistake and correct it.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| Click on the '''Next '''button repeatedly until you reach '''Submit: Verify Submission '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title'''
|| Observe that '''Title''' is now updated.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Once you ensure that everything is correct, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''DSpace Distribution License'''
|| In the '''DSpace Distribution License''' page, read the '''distribution license'''.
|-
|| Click '''I Grant the License '''button
|| If you agree with the terms in the '''license''', then click '''I Grant the License '''button at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Submission Complete'''
|| Now, our '''item '''is successfully submitted.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us proceed to check the status of the submitted''' Item'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Go to My DSpace'''
|| To do so, locate the link '''Go to My DSpace''' and click on it.
|-
|| Show''' My Dspace '''page
|| We will be redirected to the '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item '''in '''Submissions In Workflow Process''' section
|| We can see that the submitted '''Item''' is in the '''Workflow Process.'''
That is, the submitted '''Item '''is in the task pool of the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
||
|| Let’s now learn how the '''Reviewer''' gets notified.
|-
|| Narration only
|| A notification email is sent to all authorized '''Reviewers''' of the''' '''respective''' Collection.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the '''email''' sent to the '''Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Log into '''reviewer’s''' email account
Email: dspace.u4@gmail.com
Password: **********
|| '''Log in''' to your '''Reviewer’s email account'''.
Mine is '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Point to mail
'''DSpace: You have a new task'''
|| Here is the '''email''' with the subject''' DSpace: You have a new task.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| If the '''email''' is not seen in the '''Inbox, '''then it could be in your '''SPAM''' folder.
Otherwise recheck your '''internet connection'''.
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Let us open the '''email'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Title, Collection, Submitted By'''
|| It shows details of the submitted '''Item '''like '''Title, Collection, Submitted By.'''
|-
|| Point to URL in the mail
|| The '''Reviewer''' can view a new '''Task,''' using the '''URL''' provided in the '''email'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So now, we have verified the notification email sent to the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check''' '''the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Submit an '''Item '''in the '''Article Collection '''of '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
||
* For uploading an '''Item''', use the following '''Article '''and '''metadata '''file from the '''Code Files'''.
** '''JLPEA-Article.pdf'''
** '''JLPEA-Article-metadata.txt'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Item-Submission-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T07:21:01Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script : Item Submission in DSpace''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords : Item Submission, Item Upload, Dublin Core metadata, Submitter, Submission Status''' {| bo..."

'''Script : Item Submission in DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords : Item Submission, Item Upload, Dublin Core metadata, Submitter, Submission Status'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Item Submission''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' 18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* A working '''internet connection'''
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat '''service should be running
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created a '''Collection''' in the '''Community'''
* Have '''Submitter’s authority''' in the''' Collection'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To follow this tutorial, you should also have
* The knowledge of '''Library Science '''and
* A familiarity with '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' Article '''and the''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the files before practicing.
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* An '''Item''' is a bundle of digital files such as '''Article/Book/Report,''' etc. and the respective '''metadata'''
* By default, '''DSpace '''is configured for '''Dublin Core metadata standard'''
|-
|| Slide:'''Item''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* Files''' '''uploaded as a part of '''Item '''are also known as''' Bitstreams '''
* '''Items '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Collection'''
|-
|| Show the file of '''HPC-Article.pdf '''and '''HPC-Article-metadata.txt'''
|| In this tutorial demonstration, I will submit a '''PDF''' file of an''' Article '''along with its '''metadata'''.
So, collectively an '''Article''' and its '''metadata''' constitutes an '''Item''' in '''DSpace''' terminology.
Now, let us proceed to submit an '''Item '''in the '''Collection '''using '''Submitter’s authority'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' Submitter '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u5@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u5pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with the '''Submitter's account'''.
We had already created this '''account''' earlier in this series.
I will login with my '''Submitter’s account'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''Submitter’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Start New Submission '''button
|| Click on the '''Start New Submission '''button in the '''My DSpace''' section.
|-
|-
|| Click on '''Collection''' drop down
|| Next, click on the drop-down arrow adjacent to the '''Collection '''field.
A list of '''Collections''' will be displayed.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| These''' Collections '''appear with the respective hierarchical '''Community '''and''' Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles'''
|| Now select '''Articles '''from the '''Collection '''list''', '''which appears as
'''IITB Digital Library > Electrical Engineering > Articles.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next''' button
|| Then click on the '''Next''' button below the '''Collection''' field to proceed further.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: Describe this Item'''
|| The '''Item Submission''' '''form''' opens up.
|-
|| Highlight the''' Describe'''
|| In this''' form''', under the '''Describe''' tab we will fill the '''metadata''' of the '''Item.'''
|-
|| Point to''' '''the''' asterisk '''symbol
|| Please note that all fields marked with an '''asterisk''' symbol are mandatory.
You can leave the other fields blank, if you do not have those '''data'''.
|-
|| Fill fields of''' Authors, Title, Date of issue, Publisher, Citation'''
'''Authors : Jiji, C.V. Chaudhuri, S.'''
'''Title : Single-Fame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning '''
'''Date of Issue : 2006 '''
'''Publisher : Hindawi Publishing Corporation '''
'''Citation : Jiji & Chaudhuri (2006)'''
|| Based on my '''metadata''' file, I will fill the following fields:
'''Authors'''
'''Title'''
'''Date of issue'''
'''Publisher '''and
'''Citation'''
|-
|| Point to '''“+ Add more”''' button
|| If an '''Item''' has multiple values for a field, you can add it by clicking the '''Add more''' button.
For example.
If we have more than one '''Author''' for an '''Item''', click on '''Add more''' button to add other author names.
|-
|| '''Point to Identifiers'''
|| As an '''Identifier,''' any standardized code can be used.
|-
|| Point to different '''Identifiers'''
|| '''DSpace''' provides '''identifier''' options like''' ISSN, ISBN, ISMN, URI, Govt’s Doc No, '''and''' Others.'''
|-
|| Choose '''Identifier '''type and enter '''Identifier '''number
'''Identifiers : '''URI''' : '''10.1155/ASP/2006/73767
|| Choose the appropriate option from the drop-down list in the '''Identifiers''' field.
Then type the unique '''Identifier''' number, available for the file to be uploaded.
|-
|| Point to '''URI''' and '''DOI'''
|| I have selected '''URI''' and entered the '''DOI '''(i.e. '''Digital Object Identifier''') of the '''article'''.
|-
|| Select '''Type '''as''' Article'''
|| Select '''Type''' of the '''Item''' from the drop-down list.
I am going to select '''Article.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Type'''
|| '''Items '''may have multiple '''digital files''' of different '''types.'''
For '''Items '''with multiple '''digital files''', we can select multiple '''Types'''.
To do so, you may have to hold down the '''CTRL''' or '''Shift''' key on your keyboard.
|-
|| Point to '''Language'''
|| Select the '''language''' of the file to be uploaded for the '''Item'''.
|-
|| Select '''English'''
|| As my '''Article''' is in '''English''', I am selecting '''English'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Enter '''Keywords '''and '''Abstract'''
'''Keywords : Training Image, Information Technology, image processing'''
|| In the second page, I will fill the '''keywords '''and the '''Abstract''' as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Sponsors''' and '''Description'''
|| Leave the rest of the fields as blank.
|-
|| Click''' '''on '''Next '''button
|| Click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit :''' '''Upload a file''' section
|| The next section is '''Upload a file''' section.
|-
|| Click on the '''Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| Click on the '''Select a file '''or''' Drag & drop files… '''link''' '''to upload the files.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload''' pop-up window
|| A pop-up window named '''File Upload''' opens.
|-
|| Browse to the directory
Select the file '''HPC-Article.pdf'''
|| Browse to the directory where the file is, on your computer and upload the file.
|-
|| Narration
|| The upload may take some time depending on the size of the file.
|-
|| Point to '''Files To Upload '''table
|| The '''Files To Upload '''table shows the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to the''' green tick '''mark
|| On successful file upload, a green tick mark symbol appears next to the filename.
|-
|| Point to the '''Description''' text box
|| Type any description text for the uploaded file in the '''Description '''field.
I am leaving this as blank for now.
|-
|| Point to''' Select a file or Drag & drop files… '''
|| If you want to upload multiple files, then repeat the same steps as shown above.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Now, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully'''
|| '''Submit: File Uploaded Successfully '''section shows the details of the uploaded files.
In this section, we can cross-verify the uploaded files.
|-
|| Point to '''Remove '''button
|| Wrongly uploaded files can be removed by clicking on the '''Remove''' button adjacent to the filename.
|-
|| Point to '''Add another file '''button
|| We can add files for an''' Item''' by clicking on the '''Add another file '''button below the table.
And then repeat the '''File Upload''' steps.
|-
|| Click on''' Next button'''
|| Once the uploaded file is cross-verified, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| The next page, '''Submit: Verify Submission''' displays the '''metadata '''which we have entered so far.
At this stage we have entered '''Dublin Core metadata''' and uploaded a file for an '''item'''.
Check carefully for any mistakes in the entry and correct them, if any.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item'''
|| I noticed that I have made a spelling mistake in the '''Title'''.
|-
|| Click '''Correct one of these''' button
|| To correct the '''Title''', click on the corresponding '''Correct one of these''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe '''section
|| The '''Describe '''section of '''Item Submission '''form, opens up.
|-
|| Correct the '''Title'''
'''Title : Single-Frame Image Super-resolution through Contourlet Learning '''
|| Locate the spelling mistake and correct it.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Verify Submission'''
|| Click on the '''Next '''button repeatedly until you reach '''Submit: Verify Submission '''page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title'''
|| Observe that '''Title''' is now updated.
|-
|| Click on '''Next button'''
|| Once you ensure that everything is correct, click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''DSpace Distribution License'''
|| In the '''DSpace Distribution License''' page, read the '''distribution license'''.
|-
|| Click '''I Grant the License '''button
|| If you agree with the terms in the '''license''', then click '''I Grant the License '''button at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to '''Submit : Submission Complete'''
|| Now, our '''item '''is successfully submitted.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, let us proceed to check the status of the submitted''' Item'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Go to My DSpace'''
|| To do so, locate the link '''Go to My DSpace''' and click on it.
|-
|| Show''' My Dspace '''page
|| We will be redirected to the '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Title '''of '''Item '''in '''Submissions In Workflow Process''' section
|| We can see that the submitted '''Item''' is in the '''Workflow Process.'''
That is, the submitted '''Item '''is in the task pool of the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
||
|| Let’s now learn how the '''Reviewer''' gets notified.
|-
|| Narration only
|| A notification email is sent to all authorized '''Reviewers''' of the''' '''respective''' Collection.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the '''email''' sent to the '''Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Log into '''reviewer’s''' email account
Email: dspace.u4@gmail.com
Password: **********
|| '''Log in''' to your '''Reviewer’s email account'''.
Mine is '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Point to mail
'''DSpace: You have a new task'''
|| Here is the '''email''' with the subject''' DSpace: You have a new task.'''
|-
|| Narration Only
|| If the '''email''' is not seen in the '''Inbox, '''then it could be in your '''SPAM''' folder.
Otherwise recheck your '''internet connection'''.
|-
|| Open a mail
|| Let us open the '''email'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Title, Collection, Submitted By'''
|| It shows details of the submitted '''Item '''like '''Title, Collection, Submitted By.'''
|-
|| Point to URL in the mail
|| The '''Reviewer''' can view a new '''Task,''' using the '''URL''' provided in the '''email'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So now, we have verified the notification email sent to the '''Reviewer'''.
|-
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''
|| Switch back to '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| '''Logout '''from '''DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to
* Submit an '''Item''' in the '''Collection '''and
* Check''' '''the''' Item submission status'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Submit an '''Item '''in the '''Article Collection '''of '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
||
* For uploading an '''Item''', use the following '''Article '''and '''metadata '''file from the '''Code Files'''.
** '''JLPEA-Article.pdf'''
** '''JLPEA-Article-metadata.txt'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Collection-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T06:50:56Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Collections'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Create Collection, Collections, Collection administrator, Collection metadata, DSpace workflow, Item submitter, Item Reviewer, Item submission workflow'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Collections '''in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Collection'''
* Edit a '''Collection'''
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Collection administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system.
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running.
* Have '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* Created''' '''a '''Community '''and''' Sub-Community'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
*This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
*If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Collection''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Collections '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Community '''or''' Sub-community.'''
* '''Collections '''are nothing but containers for '''Items.'''
* '''Items '''can only be submitted in the '''Collections.'''
* A '''Collection''' can be created by a '''DSpace administrator''' and '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Collection '''using''' DSpace administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator '''role
'''Email ID: dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an''' administrator account'''.
I will login with my '''administrator account'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
All '''Communities '''and''' Sub-communities '''are displayed.
|-
|| Select '''Electrical Engineering'''
|| '''Collections '''can only be created in the '''Community '''or '''Sub-community.'''
Let us select the '''Sub-community '''to create a '''Collection.'''
Under the '''IITB Digital Library Community''', I will select the '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community. '''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''of '''Electrical Engineering '''is displayed.
|-
|| Click on '''Create collection'''
|| To create a new '''Collection,''' click on the '''Create Collection '''button in the '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Describe the Collection'''
|| '''Describe the Collection '''page opens.
The '''Workflow''' for '''Item submissions '''in this''' Collection''' can be configured in this page.
|-
|| Point to checkboxes:
'''New Items should be publicly readable'''
'''Some users will be able to submit to this Collection'''
|| The default '''Workflow''' for '''Item submissions '''is '''Item Submission without review.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| But for this demonstration, I will configure '''Item Submission '''with the '''review '''step.
|-
|| Point to selected configurations
Check the checkbox for '''The submission workflow will include an accept/reject/edit metadata step'''
|| To do so, check the following option.
The '''submission workflow''' will include an accept or reject or edit''' metadata''' step.
|-
|| Click the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe the Collection '''label
|| The next step is '''Describe the Collection.'''
In this step we will submit the '''Collection’s metadata'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| '''Collections '''are described using '''metadata elements'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| Basic '''metadata elements''' of '''Collections '''are,
* '''Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
||
* '''Sidebar text'''
* '''License'''
* '''Provenance '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Collection Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Collection '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Collection''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Collection metadata.'''
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''
'''Name: Articles'''
'''Introductory text:'''
'''Article collection contains
articles of Electrical Domain.'''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
I am naming the '''Collection''' as '''Articles.'''
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text, License, Provenance'''
|| For now, I will leave '''Short Description, Copyright text, Sidebar text, License '''and''' Provenance '''as empty.
|-
|| Point to''' Logo '''field
|| Also, I will skip uploading a '''logo'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Authorization to Submit'''
|| We will be redirected to '''Authorization to Submit '''page.
In this step, we will provide '''Item submission authority''' to '''EPersons''' and '''groups'''.
|-
|| Click on the ''''Select E-people'''' button
|| Click on the '''Select E-people''' button to choose the '''EPerson.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| A pop-up window '''Select E-people''' opens up.
|-
|| Click on the '''Add '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID''' of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I am adding the '''user''' with '''email id dspace.u5@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Close '''button in '''Select E-people '''popup''' '''window
|| Close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the authorized '''EPerson''' list'''.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
|-
|| Point to '''groups''' text box
|| Similarly, '''Groups''' can also be authorized to submit '''Items''' to '''Collections'''.
For this demonstration, I will skip '''Group '''authorization'''.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submission Workflow Accept/Reject/Edit Metadata Step'''
|| Next step is '''Submission Workflow Accept/Reject/Edit Metadata Step'''.
In this step, we can authorize '''EPersons''' and '''Groups''' to review '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Reviewers '''are permitted to edit the '''metadata''' of incoming '''submissions'''.
Also, '''Reviewers''' can accept or reject submitted '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To add an''' EPerson''' follow the same steps which are used to''' '''assign''' submit authorizations.'''
|-
|| Add '''EPerson''' to list
ID: '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|| I will assign '''Reviewer authority''' to the '''EPerson''' with''' email ID dspace.u4@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Collection'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Collection''' page.
This page has the details of the newly created '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully created a '''Collection'''.
Let us proceed to cross-verify this '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do so, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Now, click on the '''Browse''' tab in the''' navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
The '''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Articles'''
|| Observe that the newly-created '''Collection - Articles, '''is displayed under the '''Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now let us proceed to edit the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Select '''Articles'''
|| Click on the '''Collection '''name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Collection home page'''
|| The '''Collection home page '''opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Collection home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit the '''Collection, '''click on the '''Edit '''button in the '''Admin Tools '''section.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit collection'''
|| '''Edit Collection''' page opens, with details of the selected '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Edit fields of '''collection metadata'''
'''Introductory text:'''
'''Article collection contains
articles of Electrical Domain.
All resources have CC-BY-SA license'''
|| Now, edit the fields in the '''Collection’s metadata '''form.
I have updated '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the '''Update '''button
|| Once the '''metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Observe that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete the '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| To do so, first click the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Collection '''button
|| Then click on the '''Delete this Collection '''button, above the '''Submission Workflow''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Collection'''
|| Immediately, you will be asked to confirm the '''Delete Collection '''action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Collection''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete the '''Collection.'''
So click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back on the '''Collection home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to assign a '''Collection Administrator''' for our '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| To do so, click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Collection Administrator '''in''' '''the''' Submission Workflow '''section.
|| The '''Submission Workflow '''section has settings for the '''Collection Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create '''button located next to the '''Collection Administrator'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Notice that this '''Edit group '''page is the one which we used earlier to create a '''Group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Collection administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default '''DSpace''' generates the name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own new name to the''' group '''of''' Collection administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default name as it is.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Collection Administrator roles '''can be assigned to '''EPerson '''and''' Group members.'''
Now let us select''' '''an '''EPerson '''to authorize as a '''Collection administrator.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To do so, repeat the same steps which were used to add''' EPerson '''as''' Submitter '''and''' Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Add user with email ID
'''dspace.u3@gmail.com '''
|| I will assign the '''Collection Administrator '''role to the '''EPerson '''with '''email id dspace.u3@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully assigned the '''Collection administrator role '''to the '''EPerson.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Similarly, '''Submission workflow '''can be used to edit '''Submitter '''and '''Reviewer. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly assigned '''Collection administrator''' role.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''Articles'''
|| Select the '''Collection. '''I am selecting '''Articles.'''
|-
|| Show '''Collection home page'''
|| The '''Collection home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Here, click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Collection Administrators'''
|| Then click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Collection Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that the '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Collection administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, the''' Collection administrator '''has '''authority '''to manage this '''Collection'''.
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us now '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :
* Create a '''Collection'''
* Edit a '''Collection '''and''' '''
* Authorize an '''EPerson''' as '''Collection’s administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create a '''Collection''' named '''Computer Engineering ''' under''' IITB Archives Community.'''
* Assign a '''Collection administrator ''' to '''Computer Engineering Collection.'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Collection-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-29T06:39:54Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script : Create Collections''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil ''' '''Keywords: Create Collection, Collections, Collection administrator, Collection metadata, DSpace workflow, I..."

'''Script : Create Collections'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Create Collection, Collections, Collection administrator, Collection metadata, DSpace workflow, Item submitter, Item Reviewer, Item submission workflow'''

{| border=1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Collections '''in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to* Create a '''Collection'''
* Edit a '''Collection'''
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Collection administrator'''

|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system.
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running.
* Have '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''

|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| * Created''' '''a '''Community '''and''' Sub-Community'''

* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.

|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
|| * <div style="color:#222222;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* <div style="color:#222222;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.

|-
|| Slide : Code files
|| * The''' metadata '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.

|-
|| Slide: '''Collection''' in '''DSpace'''
|| * '''Collections '''are hierarchically located below''' '''the '''Community '''or''' Sub-community.'''
* '''Collections '''are nothing but containers for '''Items.'''
* '''Items '''can only be submitted in the '''Collections.'''
* A '''Collection''' can be created by a '''DSpace administrator''' and '''Community administrator'''

|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Collection '''using''' DSpace administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''

Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator '''role

'''Email ID: dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an''' administrator account'''.

I will login with my '''administrator account'''.

|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s''' '''My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.

All '''Communities '''and''' Sub-communities '''are displayed.
|-
|| Select '''Electrical Engineering'''
|| '''Collections '''can only be created in the '''Community '''or '''Sub-community.'''

Let us select the '''Sub-community '''to create a '''Collection.'''

Under the '''IITB Digital Library Community''', I will select the '''Electrical Engineering Sub-community. '''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''of '''Electrical Engineering '''is displayed.
|-
|| Click on '''Create collection'''
|| To create a new '''Collection,''' click on the '''Create Collection '''button in the '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Describe the Collection'''
|| '''Describe the Collection '''page opens.

The '''Workflow''' for '''Item submissions '''in this''' Collection''' can be configured in this page.
|-
|| Point to checkboxes:

'''New Items should be publicly readable'''

'''Some users will be able to submit to this Collection'''
|| The default '''Workflow''' for '''Item submissions '''is '''Item Submission without review.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| But for this demonstration, I will configure '''Item Submission '''with the '''review '''step.
|-
|| Point to selected configurations

Check the checkbox for '''The submission workflow will include an accept/reject/edit metadata step'''
|| To do so, check the following option.

The '''submission workflow''' will include an accept or reject or edit''' metadata''' step.

|-
|| Click the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Describe the Collection '''label
|| The next step is '''Describe the Collection.'''

In this step we will submit the '''Collection’s metadata'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| '''Collections '''are described using '''metadata elements'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| Basic '''metadata elements''' of '''Collections '''are,

* <div style="color:#252525;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Name'''
* <div style="color:#252525;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Short Description'''
* <div style="color:#252525;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Introductory text'''
* <div style="color:#252525;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Copyright text'''

|-
|| Slide : '''Collection Metadata'''
|| * <div style="color:#252525;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Sidebar text'''
* <div style="color:#252525;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''License'''
* '''Provenance '''and
* <div style="color:#252525;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Logo'''

|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch back to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all fields in the form are optional.

But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Collection Name.'''

Otherwise an untitled '''Collection '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">For ease of practice, we have provided <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''Collection'''<span style="background-color:#ffffff;"> <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''metadata'''<span style="background-color:#ffffff;"> in a text file.

<span style="background-color:#ffffff;">I will use the same for entering the <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''Collection metadata.'''
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name: Articles'''

'''Introductory text:'''

'''<p> Article collection contains articles of Electrical Domain.</p>'''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.

I am naming the '''Collection''' as '''Articles.'''

You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''

<div style="color:#252525;">'''Copyright text, Sidebar text, License, Provenance'''
|| For now, I will leave '''Short Description, Copyright text, Sidebar text, License '''and''' Provenance '''as empty.
|-
|| Point to''' Logo '''field
|| Also, I will skip uploading a '''logo'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Authorization to Submit'''
|| We will be redirected to '''Authorization to Submit '''page.

In this step, we will provide '''Item submission authority''' to '''EPersons''' and '''groups'''.
|-
|| Click on the ''''Select E-people'''' button
|| Click on the '''Select E-people''' button to choose the '''EPerson.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| A pop-up window '''Select E-people''' opens up.
|-
|| Click on the '''Add '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID''' of the respective '''EPerson.'''

I am adding the '''user''' with '''email id dspace.u5@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Close '''button in '''Select E-people '''popup''' '''window
|| Close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the authorized '''EPerson''' list'''.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
|-
|| Point to '''groups''' text box
|| Similarly, '''Groups''' can also be authorized to submit '''Items''' to '''Collections'''.

For this demonstration, I will skip '''Group '''authorization'''.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Submission Workflow Accept/Reject/Edit Metadata Step'''
|| Next step is '''Submission Workflow Accept/Reject/Edit Metadata Step'''.

In this step, we can authorize '''EPersons''' and '''Groups''' to review '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Reviewers '''are permitted to edit the '''metadata''' of incoming '''submissions'''.

Also, '''Reviewers''' can accept or reject submitted '''Items'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To add an''' EPerson''' follow the same steps which are used to''' '''assign''' submit authorizations.'''
|-
|| Add '''EPerson''' to list

ID: '''dspace.u4@gmail.com'''
|| I will assign '''Reviewer authority''' to the '''EPerson''' with''' email ID dspace.u4@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Next '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Next '''button at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Collection'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Collection''' page.

This page has the details of the newly created '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully created a '''Collection'''.

Let us proceed to cross-verify this '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do so, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Now, click on the '''Browse''' tab in the''' navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.

The '''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Articles'''
|| Observe that the newly-created '''Collection - Articles, '''is displayed under the '''Sub-community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now let us proceed to edit the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Select '''Articles'''
|| Click on the '''Collection '''name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Collection home page'''
|| The '''Collection home page '''opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Collection home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''

'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing the '''Collection.'''
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit the '''Collection, '''click on the '''Edit '''button in the '''Admin Tools '''section.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit collection'''
|| '''Edit Collection''' page opens, with details of the selected '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Edit fields of '''collection metadata'''

<div style="color:#252525;">'''Introductory text:'''

'''<p> Article collection contains articles of Electrical Domain. All resources have CC-BY-SA license </p>'''
|| Now, edit the fields in the '''Collection’s metadata '''form.

I have updated '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the '''Update '''button
|| Once the '''metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Observe that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.

|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete the '''Collection'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| To do so, first click the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Collection '''button
|| Then click on the '''Delete this Collection '''button, above the '''Submission Workflow''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Collection'''
|| Immediately, you will be asked to confirm the '''Delete Collection '''action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Collection''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete the '''Collection.'''

So click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back on the '''Collection home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to assign a '''Collection Administrator''' for our '''Collection.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| To do so, click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Collection Administrator '''in''' '''the''' Submission Workflow '''section.
|| The '''Submission Workflow '''section has settings for the '''Collection Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create '''button located next to the '''Collection Administrator'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Notice that this '''Edit group '''page is the one which we used earlier to create a '''Group'''.

That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Collection administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default '''DSpace''' generates the name for the '''group.'''

But we can provide our own new name to the''' group '''of''' Collection administrators.'''

<div style="color:#252525;">For this demonstration, I will keep the default name as it is.
|-
|| Narration only
|| '''Collection Administrator roles '''can be assigned to '''EPerson '''and''' Group members.'''

Now let us select''' '''an '''EPerson '''to authorize as a '''Collection administrator.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To do so, repeat the same steps which were used to add''' EPerson '''as''' Submitter '''and''' Reviewer.'''
|-
|| Add user with email ID

'''dspace.u3@gmail.com '''
|| I will assign the '''Collection Administrator '''role to the '''EPerson '''with '''email id dspace.u3@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully assigned the '''Collection administrator role '''to the '''EPerson.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Similarly, '''Submission workflow '''can be used to edit '''Submitter '''and '''Reviewer. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly assigned '''Collection administrator''' role.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''Articles'''
|| Select the '''Collection. '''I am selecting '''Articles.'''
|-
|| Show '''Collection home page'''
|| The '''Collection home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Here, click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Collection Administrators'''
|| Then click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Collection Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that the '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Collection administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, the''' Collection administrator '''has '''authority '''to manage this '''Collection'''.
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us now '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarise.
|-
|| <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">Slide: Summary

|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Collection'''
* Edit a '''Collection '''and''' '''
* Authorize an '''EPerson''' as '''Collection’s administrator'''

|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,* <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">Create a <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''Collection'''<span style="background-color:#ffffff;"> named <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''Computer Engineering '''<span style="background-color:#ffffff;">under<span style="background-color:#ffffff;">''' IITB Archives Community.'''
* <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">Assign a <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''Collection administrator '''<span style="background-color:#ffffff;">to <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''Computer Engineering Collection.'''

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Forums
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-28T13:48:51Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||
* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
'''Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community
contains educational resources '''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
||
* '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
'''Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains
educational resources from various domains
like Electrical Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering,etc '''
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''
'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-28T13:47:31Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
'''Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community
contains educational resources '''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
||
* '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
'''Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains
educational resources from various domains
like Electrical Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering,etc '''
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''
'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-28T13:45:03Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| * If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
'''Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community
contains educational resources '''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
|| * '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
'''Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains
educational resources from various domains
like Electrical Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering,etc '''
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''
'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-28T13:42:34Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
'''Visual Cue'''
'''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| * If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
'''Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community
contains educational resources '''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
|| * '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
'''Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains
educational resources from various domains
like Electrical Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering,etc '''
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''
'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-28T13:34:28Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''
'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''
'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
'''Visual Cue'''
'''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| * If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.

|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.

|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.

|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''

Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''

'''Username: [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]

'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.

I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.

'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.

It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.

Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,

* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''

|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.

But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''

Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.

I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''

'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''

'''Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community contains educational resources '''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.

You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''

'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.

To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.

|-
|| Select logo image

Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.

The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.

I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
|| * '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.

|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.

'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''

But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.

In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''

Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.

'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''

'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''

'''Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains educational resources from various domains like Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,etc '''
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.

I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.

|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.

So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''

We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.

That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''

But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''

For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''

Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''

I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.

Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||

Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''

To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.

I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''

Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.

I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.

Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.

It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.

The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''

'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''

'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-28T13:33:08Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''

'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''
'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
'''Introductory text : IITB Digital Library
Community contains educational resources '''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
|| * '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
'''Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains
educational resources from various
domains like Electrical Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering,etc '''
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''
'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community
contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-28T13:29:56Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''
'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''
'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''
'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
'''Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community contains educational resources '''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
|| * '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
'''Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains educational resources from various domains like Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,etc '''
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''
'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Create-Community-and-Sub-Community-in-DSpace/English

2020-07-28T13:26:09Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil ''' '''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community,..."

'''Script : Create Community and Sub-community'''
'''Author : Pankaj Patil '''
'''Keywords: Community, Sub-community, Group policy, Community administrator, create Community, Community metadata '''

{| border =1
'''Visual Cue'''
'''Narration '''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Create Community''' and '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community'''
* Authorize''' EPerson''' as '''Community administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS '''18.04
* '''DSpace '''version 6.3 and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat service''' should be running
* '''Administrator’s authority''' in '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
||* If not then go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.
|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
* The''' metadata '''and the''' image '''used in this tutorial is available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
* Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community''' in '''DSpace'''
||
* '''Community''' is the highest level of the content hierarchy in '''DSpace'''.
* '''Communities''' consist of '''Sub-communities''' and '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Community'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with an '''administrator''' account.
I will login with the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now in the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' page opens up.
|-
|| Click on '''Create Top-Level''' '''Community'''
|| To create a '''Community,''' click on the '''Create Top-Level Community''' button in '''Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It displays the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Slide : '''Community Metadata'''
|| '''Communities''' are described using '''metadata elements'''.
Basic '''metadata elements '''of '''communities''' are,
* '''Community Name'''
* '''Short Description'''
* '''Introductory text'''
* '''Copyright text'''
* '''Sidebar text '''and
* '''Logo'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Community’s metadata''' label
|| Now we will fill the '''Community’s metadata.'''
|-
|| Point to all fields in the form
|| Notice that all the fields in the form are optional.
But, it is recommended to enter at least a '''Community Name.'''
Otherwise an untitled '''Community '''will be created.
|-
|| Show '''metadata file'''
|| For ease of practice, we have provided '''Community''' '''metadata''' in a text file.
I will use the same for entering the '''Community metadata'''.
|-
|| Enter '''Name''' and '''Introductory text'''
'''Name''' :''' IITB Digital Library'''
'''Introductory text : IITB Digital Library Community contains educational resources '''
|| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Introductory text''' as shown.
You can use basic '''HTML tags '''in the '''Introductory text '''field.
|-
|| Point to '''Short Description, '''
'''Copyright text, Sidebar text'''
|| For now, I will leave the fields''' Short Description, Copyright text, '''and '''Sidebar text '''as''' '''empty.
|-
|| Point to create button
|| By clicking on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page, a '''Community''' without '''logo '''is created.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload a Logo '''button
|| For this demonstration, let us upload a '''logo'''.
To do so, click on the '''Upload a Logo '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Upload Logo'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Upload Logo''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse '''button
|| Click on the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''File Upload '''pop up window
|| '''File Upload '''window opens up.
|-
|| Select logo image
Select '''communitylogo.png''' from '''Downloads''' directory.
|| Browse and select the '''logo''' image from your machine.
The same is available in the '''Code Files''' link.
I have downloaded the '''logo '''image in the '''Downloads '''directory in my machine.
|-
|| Click '''Open '''button
|| Then, click on the '''Open''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''logo''' name
|| Immediately, the selected '''logo''' filename appears next to the '''Browse '''button.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Logo'''
|| * '''png, jpg, gif '''format images can be used for '''Community logo'''
* '''Logo''' of any size can be used.
* '''Logos''' of size approximately 200 by 75 '''pixels''' makes a good visual appearance.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Switch to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Upload''' button
|| To upload a '''logo''', click on the '''Upload''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| We are redirected to the '''Edit Community''' page.
'''Edit Community''' page has details of the newly created '''Community'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The''' Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page is used to save a newly created '''Community.'''
But, If we upload a '''Community logo''', '''DSpace '''directly creates a '''Community'''.
In that case, it is not required to click the '''Create '''button on the '''Create Community''' page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have now successfully created a '''Community.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the newly created '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Home''' tab
|| To do that, click on the '''Home''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Browse''' tab
|| Then click on the '''Browse''' tab in the '''navigation bar'''.
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
'''Communities''' '''and''' '''Collections''' interface opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Observe that the newly created '''Community''' is displayed with a''' logo '''and''' name.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Let us now proceed to '''edit''' the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Click on the '''Community''' name, to select it for editing.
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Point to '''Admin Tools'''
|| Next to the '''Community home page''' section, we have '''Admin Tools.'''
'''Admin Tools '''are used for managing '''Community'''.
|-
|| click on button '''Edit'''
|| To edit a '''Community,''' click on the '''Edit button''' in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Community'''
|| '''Edit Community''' page opens up with the details of the selected '''Community'''.
|-
|| Edit fields in '''Community's metadata'''
'''Introductory text: IITB Digital Library Community contains educational resources from various domains like Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,etc '''
|| You can edit the fields in the '''Community's metadata '''form now.
I have edited, '''Introductory text''' as shown here.
|-
|| Click on the Update''' '''button
|| Once '''Community's metadata '''is edited, click on the '''Update '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to updated '''Introductory text'''
|| Notice that '''Introductory text '''is now updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to learn how to delete''' '''the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Delete this Community '''button
|| Click on the '''Delete this Community '''button''' '''above the '''Community's settings '''section.
|-
|| Point to''' Delete Community'''
|| Immediately, we will be asked to confirm '''Delete''' '''Community''' action.
|-
|| Narration only
|| To confirm, click on the '''Delete''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Once you click the '''Delete''' button, the '''Community''' will be deleted.
|-
|| Click on '''Cancel''' button
|| For this demonstration, I will not delete any '''Community'''.
So, I will click on the '''Cancel''' button.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We are back to the '''Community home page.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create the '''Community Administrator role''' for our '''Community.'''
We will assign the '''Community Administrator''' role to the '''EPerson''' with the '''ID dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community's settings '''section has the settings for''' Community Administrator.'''
|-
|| Click on the '''Create '''button
|| Click on the '''Create''' button next to the '''Community Administrators '''label.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit Group'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''Edit Group '''page.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Observe that this '''Edit group '''page is the one, which we had used to create a''' group'''.
That means, '''DSpace '''is creating a '''group''' of '''Community Administrators'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates a name for the '''group.'''
But we can provide our own name to the '''group '''of''' Community Administrators.'''
For this demonstration, I will keep the default '''name '''as it is.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Now, we will add the '''EPerson''' as a '''Community Administrator.'''
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| '''Select E-people''' pop-up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on the Add''' '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
I will select the '''user''' with the '''email ID dspace.u2@gmail.com.'''
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''pop-up''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove the member from the''' group.'''
To do so, select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Members '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Then click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Members '''field.
I’m skipping this step for this demonstration.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page to update the changes.
|-
|| Narration only
|| So, we have now successfully assigned the '''Community Administrator''' role to '''EPerson.'''
Let us proceed to cross-verify the same.
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation bar.'''
|-
|| Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| Select the '''Community'''.
I am selecting the '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click the '''Edit''' button
|| Click on the '''Edit''' button in the '''Admin Tools.'''
|-
|| Click the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators'''
|| Now, click on the '''Edit '''button next to '''Community Administrators. '''
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson Members''' field
|| We can see that '''EPerson''' has been assigned the '''Community Administrator’s''' role.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''Community Administrator '''has '''authority''' to manage the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Now, let us proceed to create a '''Sub-community'''.
Hierarchically, '''Sub-community '''is created under the '''Community. '''
|-
|| Narration only
|| To create a '''Sub-community''' first we have to select a '''Community.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Content''' tab in navigation bar >>Select '''Communities & Collections'''
|| Click on the '''Content''' tab in the '''navigation''' '''bar''' and select '''Communities & Collections''' from the drop-down.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| Select the '''Community'''.
|-
|| Select '''IITB Digital Library'''
|| I am selecting '''IITB Digital Library.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| '''Community home page '''appears.
|-
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community'''
|| Click on the button '''Create Sub-community '''in the''' Admin Tools''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Create Community''' label
|| The '''Create Community''' page opens up.
It contains the '''Community's metadata '''form.
|-
|| Point to '''Community's metadata '''
|| Scan through the '''Community's metadata '''form.
The form is the same as the one which we used to create the '''Community.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Name''' and '''Introductory Text'''
'''Sub-community Name : Electrical Engineering'''
'''Introductory text : Electrical Engineering Sub -community contains educational resources of Electrical Domain. '''
|| Fill the '''Community's metadata '''as shown here.
|-
|| Point to '''Logo'''
|| For this demonstration, I will skip uploading a '''logo''' for the '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| click on the '''Create '''button
|| Once the '''Community metadata''' is entered, click on the '''Create '''button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Community home page'''
|| The '''Sub-community''' is created and the '''Sub-community home page''' is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means that we have successfully created a '''Sub-community.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface now.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* Create a '''Community''' and '''Sub-community'''
* Edit a '''Community '''and
* Authorize '''EPerson''' as '''Community Administrator'''
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create another '''Community''' with the name '''IITB archives'''
* Assign a '''Community administrator''' to '''IITB archives'''
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''along with the Spoken Tutorial team''' '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Managing-DSpace-user-accounts/English

2020-07-17T19:11:20Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: Managing DSpace user accounts'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: Manage EPersons, DSpace Group, Create DSpace Group, Add EPerson, Edit EPerson profile, Delete EPerson'''

{| border =1
|'''Visual Cue'''
|'''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Managing''' '''DSpace''' '''user accounts'''.
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:
* Manage '''EPersons '''and
* Create a '''Group''' of '''EPersons '''and manage them

|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace '''version''' 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any '''web browser '''of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites - I
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat''' service should be running
* '''Administrator’s''' authority in '''DSpace'''

|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites - II
||
* A working internet connection
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.

|-
|| Slide: Prerequisites - III
||
* This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.
* If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.

|-
|| Slide: Manage '''EPersons'''
|| '''DSpace administrator''' can manage all the '''EPerson users.'''
'''DSpace''' '''administrator''' can
* Add an '''EPerson'''
* Edit an '''EPerson’s''' profile and
* Delete an '''EPerson'''
Let us learn how to manage '''EPerson users'''.
|-
|| Open '''Web Browser '''
Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''
'''Username: dspace.u1@gmail.com
'''Password : '''u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with the '''administrator account '''you created earlier.
I will login with my '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We are now on the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Logged in '''tab
|| Click on the '''Logged in''' tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''Administer'''
|| Select '''Administer''' from the drop-down list.
We are now in the '''Administer''' dashboard.
|-
|| Click on '''Access Control '''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the '''Access Control '''tab'''.'''
|-
|| Select '''E-people'''
|| From the drop-down list, select '''E-people'''.
The '''Administer EPeople''' page opens.
|-
|| Click on '''Add EPerson '''button
|| Now, we will add an '''EPerson''' using '''admin '''authority.
To do so, click on the '''Add EPerson''' button in the '''Administer EPeople''' section.
|-
|| Point to '''Edit EPerson '''label
|| '''Edit EPerson''' page opens with some fields where we can type in the '''EPerson’s''' details.
|-
|| Point to '''Email '''field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates an '''ID''' for every '''EPerson''' and the same is displayed in the '''Email''' field.
|-
|| Remove the default '''ID'''
Email ID = dspace.u5@gmail.com
|| First remove the default '''ID''' in the '''Email '''field.
Then type the '''Email''' of a new '''EPerson''' to be created in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| '''Last name: Kumar'''
'''First name: Raj'''
|| I will type''' Last name '''and''' First name''' of the '''EPerson''' as shown here.
|-
|| '''Language '''field
|| By default, the value for '''Language '''is set to '''English.'''
|-
|| Tick a checkbox''' Can Log In'''
|| Next, enable the '''Can Log in '''checkbox by clicking on it.
It controls the '''login authority''' of '''EPerson'''.
If the checkbox is not selected, the '''EPerson''' cannot '''log in''' to '''DSpace.'''
If the checkbox is selected, the '''EPerson''' can '''log in''' to '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Point to''' Require Certificate '''field
|| For this demonstration, I will leave the '''Require Certificate '''checkbox unchecked.
|-
|| Point to '''Reset password '''button
|| This is the '''Reset password '''button.
This allows the '''EPerson''' to set or reset the '''password''' of his '''DSpace user account'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset password''' button
|| Click on the '''Reset password''' button.
By doing so, a new '''EPerson account''' will be created in '''DSpace''' based on our inputs.
|-
|| Point to Notification message
|| A '''mail''' containing a '''link '''to reset the '''password,''' will be sent to the given '''mail id'''.
|-
|| '''Log out''' from''' DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' from the '''administrator account.'''
|-
|| Access '''EPerson''' Email Account
Email ID = dspace.u5@gmail.com
Password: ***********
|| Now, we will '''log in''' to the '''mail account''' which we have specified in the '''Email Id''' field earlier.
|-
|| Show '''Gmail''' Inbox and point to mail from''' DSpace'''
|| Here is the '''Change Password Request mail''' that we received from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Change Password Request''' mail
|| Open the '''Change Password Request email.'''
|-
|| Click '''URL '''in the Email
|| Click on the given '''URL''' to change the '''password.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Enter New Password'''
|| '''Enter New Password''' page opens.
|-
|| Type a Password
|| Type the new '''password'''.
I will type the '''password '''as '''u5pass.'''
|-
|| Retype password
|| Retype the same '''password''' in the '''Again to Confirm''' field.
|-
|| Click on '''Set New Password '''button
|| Then click on the '''Set New Password '''button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to '''Password Changed '''message
|| '''Password Changed''' message is displayed.
|-
|| Narration only
|| We have successfully created a new '''EPerson user''' using '''administrator authority.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next, we will learn how to edit the '''profile''' of an '''EPerson''' as an '''Admin'''.
|-
|| Open DSpace interface
|| Open '''DSpace '''interface.
|-
|| Show '''DSpace''' login interface
Email ID = dspace.u1@gmail.com
Password: u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with '''administrator authority''' and go to the '''Administer''' page.
|-
|| Click on '''Access Control '''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the tab '''Access Control.'''
|-
|| Select '''E-people'''
|| From the drop-down list, select '''E-people'''.
The '''Administer EPeople''' page opens.
|-
|| Click on''' Select E-person '''button
|| Click on the '''Select E-person''' button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people''' label
|| '''Select E-people''' popup window opens up.
|-
|| Point to '''ID, E-mail, Last name, First name''' and '''Language'''
|| It displays all the '''users '''details like '''ID, E-mail, Last name, First name''' and '''Language.'''
|-
|| Click '''Select '''button
|| To select a particular '''EPerson''', click on the '''Select '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''column.
I will select the '''user''' with '''email ID''' dspace.u5@gmail.com
|-
|| Show selected '''EPerson '''
|| Immediately we will be redirected to the '''Administer EPeople '''page.
Here we can see the '''First name, Last name '''and '''Email id''' of the selected '''EPerson''' in the text box.
|-
|| Click on the '''Edit '''button
|| To edit the '''profile''' for that '''EPerson''', click on the '''Edit''' button next to the text box.
Let me click the '''Edit''' button.
|-
|| '''Edit EPerson '''form
|| '''Edit''' '''EPerson''' page opens along with the '''EPerson’s''' details.
These fields are editable.
|-
|| Edit '''EPerson '''details
'''First Name : Rajesh'''
|| For this demonstration, I will update '''First Name''' as shown.
|-
|| Click''' Save '''button
|| Click the '''Save''' button to update the details.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''EPerson user’s profile''' is successfully updated.
|-
|| Narration only
|| Likewise, we can also delete a '''user '''from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Select E-person''' button
Select '''EPerson'''
'''dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|| To do so, click on the '''Delete''' button in the '''Administer EPeople '''after selecting the '''user'''.
For this demonstration, I’m not deleting any '''user'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| Next, let us understand about '''Groups''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Slide: '''Group '''in''' DSpace'''
||
* '''Group''' in '''DSpace''' is a collection of '''EPersons'''.
* '''Administrator '''and '''Anonymous '''are two''' built-in groups '''in''' DSpace'''.
|-
|| Slide: '''Authority of Groups'''
||
* '''Administrator''' '''group''' has full '''authority''' of '''DSpace'''.
* '''Anonymous''' '''group''' has only '''READ permissions''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Slide:Default '''Group '''creation
||
* '''DSpace '''creates default '''groups '''for all the '''roles''' in''' '''the '''Community '''and''' Collection''' and
* Default '''read''' and '''write permissions''' are assigned to default '''groups'''.
|-
|| Slide: Custom '''Group '''Creation
||
* Additionally, an '''Administrator''' can create custom '''groups.'''
* As per requirement, custom '''read '''and''' write permissions''' can be assigned to the custom '''groups'''.
|-
|| Narration only
Switch to '''DSpace'''
|| Now, let us proceed to create a custom '''group''' using '''admin authority.'''
Switch to '''DSpace''' Interface.
|-
|| In the top Navigation bar, click on the tab '''Access Control'''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the '''Access Control '''tab.
|-
|| From the drop down list select '''Groups'''.
'''Group Editor''' page
|| From the drop-down list, select '''Groups'''.
'''Group Editor''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to''' Administrator '''and''' Anonymous Group'''
|| Here we can see two '''groups''': '''Administrator '''and '''Anonymous'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Create New Group'''
|| To create a new '''group''', click on the '''Create New Group '''button in the '''Group Editor''' section.
|-
|| Point to''' Edit Group '''label
|| '''Edit Group''' interface appears.
|-
|| Point to''' Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates '''Group ID''' and assigns it in the '''Name''' field.
|-
|| Remove the Group Name
|| Remove the default '''group '''name.
|-
|| Set Group Name
'''Name: Content Submitters'''
|| Set the '''group''' name as “'''Content Submitters”'''.
|-
|| Point to '''EPerson '''and''' Group '''fields
|| '''EPerson''' members and other existing '''groups,''' can be added as a member to the new '''group'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Let us add the '''EPerson''' as a '''group''' member.
Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| The '''Select E-people '''pop up window opens up.
|-
|| Click on''' Add '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''
Let us add a new '''user''' with the '''email ID''' dspace.u2@gmail.com.
Also add another '''user''' with the '''email ID''' dspace.u5@gmail.com.
|-
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.
Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''popup''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|-
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|-
||
Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove a member from a''' group.'''
To do so, first select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Member '''field.
|-
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Member '''field.
For this demonstration, I’m not removing any '''user'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page, to update the changes.
Let us cross verify all these changes.
|-
|| In the top Navigation bar, click on the tab '''Access Control'''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the '''Access Control '''tab.
|-
|| From the drop down list select '''Groups'''.
|| From the drop-down list, select '''Groups'''.
'''Group Editor''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to''' Content Submitters Group'''
|| Here we can see our new '''group “Content Submitters”.'''
We have now successfully created a new '''group''' and added members to it.
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.
Let us summarise.
|-
|| Slide: Summary
|| In this tutorial we learnt to :
* Manage '''EPersons''' and
* Create a '''Group''' of '''EPersons '''and manage them
|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,
* Create a “'''Content Reviewers”''' '''group'''.
* As a '''group '''member, add the 2 new '''EPersons''' that were created earlier in the series.
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''
Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.
For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II
|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This script and the video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''
This is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Managing-DSpace-user-accounts/English

2020-07-17T18:25:55Z

Pankajpatil694: Created page with "'''Script: Managing DSpace user accounts''' '''Author : Pankaj Patil''' '''Keywords: Manage EPersons, DSpace Group, Create DSpace Group, Add EPerson, Edit EPerson profile,..."

'''Script: Managing DSpace user accounts'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: Manage EPersons, DSpace Group, Create DSpace Group, Add EPerson, Edit EPerson profile, Delete EPerson'''

{| style="border-spacing:0;width:16.51cm;"
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Managing''' '''DSpace''' '''user accounts'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to: * <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Manage '''EPersons '''and</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Create a '''Group''' of '''EPersons '''and manage them</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''DSpace '''version''' 6.3 '''and</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Firefox web browser'''</div>

However you may use any '''web browser '''of your choice.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Prerequisites - I
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Tomcat''' service should be running</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Administrator’s''' authority in '''DSpace'''</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Prerequisites - II
|| * <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">A working internet connection</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Prerequisites - III
|| * <div style="color:#222222;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">This tutorial assumes that you have done the immediate previous tutorial assignment in this series.</div>
* <div style="color:#222222;margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">If not, pls do so before proceeding ahead.</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Manage '''EPersons'''
|| '''DSpace administrator''' can manage all the '''EPerson users.'''

'''DSpace''' '''administrator''' can* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Add an '''EPerson'''</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Edit an '''EPerson’s''' profile and</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Delete an '''EPerson'''</div>

Let us learn how to manage '''EPerson users'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Open '''Web Browser '''

Address Bar''' >> localhost:8080'''
|| Open a '''web browser '''and go to the '''DSpace''' interface.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with''' administrator'''

'''Username: [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]

'''Password : '''<span style="background-color:#f8f9fa;">u1pass</span>
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with the '''administrator account '''you created earlier.

I will login with my '''administrator account.'''

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Only narration
|| We are now on the '''admin’s My DSpace''' page.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on '''Logged in '''tab
|| Click on the '''Logged in''' tab at the top right corner.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Select '''Administer'''
|| Select '''Administer''' from the drop-down list.

We are now in the '''Administer''' dashboard.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on '''Access Control '''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the '''Access Control '''tab'''.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Select '''E-people'''
|| From the drop-down list, select '''E-people'''.

The '''Administer EPeople''' page opens.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on '''Add EPerson '''button
|| Now, we will add an '''EPerson''' using '''admin '''authority.

To do so, click on the '''Add EPerson''' button in the '''Administer EPeople''' section.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''Edit EPerson '''label
|| '''Edit EPerson''' page opens with some fields where we can type in the '''EPerson’s''' details.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''Email '''field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates an '''ID''' for every '''EPerson''' and the same is displayed in the '''Email''' field.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Remove the default '''ID'''

Email ID = [mailto:dspace.u5@gmail.com dspace.u5@gmail.com]
|| First remove the default '''ID''' in the '''Email '''field.

Then type the '''Email''' of a new '''EPerson''' to be created in '''DSpace'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| '''Last name: Kumar'''

'''First name: Raj'''
|| I will type''' Last name '''and''' First name''' of the '''EPerson''' as shown here.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| '''Language '''field
|| By default, the value for '''Language '''is set to '''English.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Tick a checkbox''' Can Log In'''
|| Next, enable the '''Can Log in '''checkbox by clicking on it.

It controls the '''login authority''' of '''EPerson'''.

If the checkbox is not selected, the '''EPerson''' cannot '''log in''' to '''DSpace.'''

If the checkbox is selected, the '''EPerson''' can '''log in''' to '''DSpace'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to''' Require Certificate '''field
|| For this demonstration, I will leave the '''Require Certificate '''checkbox unchecked.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''Reset password '''button
|| This is the '''Reset password '''button.

This allows the '''EPerson''' to set or reset the '''password''' of his '''DSpace user account'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on '''Reset password''' button

|| Click on the '''Reset password''' button.

By doing so, a new '''EPerson account''' will be created in '''DSpace''' based on our inputs.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to Notification message
|| A '''mail''' containing a '''link '''to reset the '''password,''' will be sent to the given '''mail id'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| '''Log out''' from''' DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' from the '''administrator account.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Access '''EPerson''' Email Account

Email ID = [mailto:dspace.u5@gmail.com dspace.u5@gmail.com]

Password: d$pace2019*
|| Now, we will '''log in''' to the '''mail account''' which we have specified in the '''Email Id''' field earlier.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Show '''Gmail''' Inbox and point to mail from''' DSpace'''
|| Here is the '''Change Password Request mail''' that we received from '''DSpace'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on the '''Change Password Request''' mail
|| Open the '''Change Password Request email.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click '''URL '''in the Email
|| Click on the given '''URL''' to change the '''password.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''Enter New Password'''
|| '''Enter New Password''' page opens.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Type a Password
|| Type the new '''password'''.

I will type the '''password '''as '''u5pass.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Retype password
|| Retype the same '''password''' in the '''Again to Confirm''' field.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on '''Set New Password '''button
|| Then click on the '''Set New Password '''button at the bottom of the page.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''Password Changed '''message
|| '''Password Changed''' message is displayed.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Narration only
|| We have successfully created a new '''EPerson user''' using '''administrator authority.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Narration only
|| Next, we will learn how to edit the '''profile''' of an '''EPerson''' as an '''Admin'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Open DSpace interface
|| Open '''DSpace '''interface.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Show '''DSpace''' login interface

Email ID = [mailto:dspace.u5@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]

Password: u1pass
|| Log in to '''DSpace''' with '''administrator authority''' and go to the '''Administer''' page.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on '''Access Control '''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the tab '''Access Control.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Select '''E-people'''
|| From the drop-down list, select '''E-people'''.

The '''Administer EPeople''' page opens.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on''' Select E-person '''button
|| Click on the '''Select E-person''' button at the bottom of the page'''.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''Select E-people''' label
|| '''Select E-people''' popup window opens up.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''ID, E-mail, Last name, First name''' and '''Language'''
|| It displays all the '''users '''details like '''ID, E-mail, Last name, First name''' and '''Language.'''
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click '''Select '''button
|| To select a particular '''EPerson''', click on the '''Select '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''column.

I will select the '''user''' with '''email ID''' [mailto:dspace.u5@gmail.com dspace.u5@gmail.com]
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Show selected '''EPerson '''
|| Immediately we will be redirected to the '''Administer EPeople '''page.

Here we can see the '''First name, Last name '''and '''Email id''' of the selected '''EPerson''' in the text box.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on the '''Edit '''button
|| To edit the '''profile''' for that '''EPerson''', click on the '''Edit''' button next to the text box.

Let me click the '''Edit''' button.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| '''Edit EPerson '''form
|| '''Edit''' '''EPerson''' page opens along with the '''EPerson’s''' details.

These fields are editable.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Edit '''EPerson '''details

'''First Name : Rajesh'''
|| For this demonstration, I will update '''First Name''' as shown.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click''' Save '''button
|| Click the '''Save''' button to update the details.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Narration only
|| The '''EPerson user’s profile''' is successfully updated.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Narration only
|| Likewise, we can also delete a '''user '''from '''DSpace'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on the '''Select E-person''' button

Select '''EPerson'''

'''dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|| To do so, click on the '''Delete''' button in the '''Administer EPeople '''after selecting the '''user'''.

For this demonstration, I’m not deleting any '''user'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Only narration
|| Next, let us understand about '''Groups''' in '''DSpace'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: '''Group '''in''' DSpace'''

|| * <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Group''' in '''DSpace''' is a collection of '''EPersons'''.</div>

* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Administrator '''and '''Anonymous '''are two''' built-in groups '''in''' DSpace'''.</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: '''Authority of Groups'''
|| * <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Administrator''' '''group''' has full '''authority''' of '''DSpace'''.</div>

* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''Anonymous''' '''group''' has only '''READ permissions''' in '''DSpace'''.</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide:Default '''Group '''creation
|| * <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">'''DSpace '''creates default '''groups '''for all the '''roles''' in''' '''the '''Community '''and''' Collection''' and </div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Default '''read''' and '''write permissions''' are assigned to default '''groups'''.</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Custom '''Group '''Creation
|| * <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Additionally, an '''Administrator''' can create custom '''groups.'''</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">As per requirement, custom '''read '''and''' write permissions''' can be assigned to the custom '''groups'''.</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Narration only

Switch to '''DSpace'''
|| Now, let us proceed to create a custom '''group''' using '''admin authority.'''

Switch to '''DSpace''' Interface.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| In the top Navigation bar, click on the tab '''Access Control'''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the '''Access Control '''tab.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| From the drop down list select '''Groups'''.

'''Group Editor''' page
|| From the drop-down list, select '''Groups'''.

'''Group Editor''' page opens.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to''' Administrator '''and''' Anonymous Group'''
|| Here we can see two '''groups''': '''Administrator '''and '''Anonymous'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on''' Create New Group'''
|| To create a new '''group''', click on the '''Create New Group '''button in the '''Group Editor''' section.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to''' Edit Group '''label
|| '''Edit Group''' interface appears.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to''' Name''' field
|| By default, '''DSpace''' generates '''Group ID''' and assigns it in the '''Name''' field.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Remove the Group Name
|| Remove the default '''group '''name.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Set Group Name

'''Name: Content Submitters'''
|| Set the '''group''' name as “'''Content Submitters”'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''EPerson '''and''' Group '''fields
|| '''EPerson''' members and other existing '''groups,''' can be added as a member to the new '''group'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on '''Select E-people'''
|| Let us add the '''EPerson''' as a '''group''' member.

Click on the '''Select E-people''' button below the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to '''Select E-people '''window''' '''
|| The '''Select E-people '''pop up window opens up.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on''' Add '''button
|| Click on the '''Add '''button adjacent to the '''ID '''of the respective '''EPerson.'''

Let us add a new '''user''' with the '''email ID''' [mailto:dspace.u5@gmail.com dspace.u2@gmail.com].

Also add another '''user''' with the '''email ID''' [mailto:dspace.u5@gmail.com dspace.u5@gmail.com].
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on the '''Close '''button
|| If you wish to add more members, then repeat the same steps.

Once done, close the '''Select E-people '''popup''' '''window by clicking on the '''Close''' button.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to the added user in the '''EPerson Members''' field
|| Immediately the selected '''user''' will be added to the '''EPerson''' '''Members''' field.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
||

Select '''EPerson''' from '''EPerson Member '''field
|| We can also remove a member from a''' group.'''

To do so, first select the respective member''' '''to be removed from the '''EPerson Member '''field.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point on the '''Remove Selected '''button
|| Click on the '''Remove Selected '''button, below the '''EPerson Member '''field.

For this demonstration, I’m not removing any '''user'''.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Click on '''Update Group'''
|| Once done, click on the '''Update Group''' button at the bottom of the page, to update the changes.

Let us cross verify all these changes.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| In the top Navigation bar, click on the tab '''Access Control'''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the '''Access Control '''tab.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| From the drop down list select '''Groups'''.

|| From the drop-down list, select '''Groups'''.

'''Group Editor''' page opens.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Point to''' Content Submitters Group'''
|| Here we can see our new '''group “Content Submitters”.'''

We have now successfully created a new '''group''' and added members to it.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from the '''DSpace''' interface.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarise.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| <span style="background-color:#ffffff;">Slide: </span>Summary

|| In this tutorial we learnt to :* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Manage '''EPersons''' and</div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;">Create a '''Group''' of '''EPersons '''and manage them</div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment,* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;"><span style="background-color:#ffffff;">Create a “</span><span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''Content Reviewers”'''</span><span style="background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''group'''</span><span style="background-color:#ffffff;">.</span></div>
* <div style="margin-left:1.27cm;margin-right:0cm;"><span style="background-color:#ffffff;">As a </span><span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''group '''</span><span style="background-color:#ffffff;">member, add the 2 new </span><span style="background-color:#ffffff;">'''EPersons'''</span><span style="background-color:#ffffff;"> that were created earlier in the series.</span></div>

|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|- style="border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Narration only

|| This script and the video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

This is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Email-configuration-for-DSpace-on-Ubuntu-Linux-OS/English

2020-06-02T06:11:59Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Email Configuration for DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace Rebuild, DSpace Email Configuration, dspace.cfg, Rebuild script, DSpace gmail configuration'''

{| border = “1”
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Email Configuration for DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to

*Configure an '''email '''for '''DSpace'''
*Prepare a '''shell script''' to '''rebuild DSpace'''
*Send a '''test email''' from '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using

*'''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
*'''DSpace version 6.3'''
*'''gedit text editor''' and
*'''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any other '''text editor''' or''' browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial,

*You should have installed '''DSpace 6.3 '''and
*You should have a working internet connection.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| Pre-requisites:

*You should have familiarity with basic '''Linux commands'''.
*If not then go through the prerequisite '''Linux '''tutorials on this website.

|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
*The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
*Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''gedit''' text editor and open the file
|| I have opened the '''code file''' in the '''gedit text editor''' on my machine.

And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.

Shortcut to paste on the '''terminal''' is '''Shift, Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Slide : Necessity of Email Configuration
|| In '''DSpace''' we have to '''configure''' the '''email settings''' to send '''emails''' from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Slide : Necessity of Email Configuration
|| '''DSpace''' sends '''emails''' to the '''users''' for various activities such as

*'''Email verification''' during '''registration'''
*Notification '''emails''' during '''Item submission '''and''' review'''
*Getting '''Dspace user’s feedback '''and
*Notifications to '''Community and Collection''' subscribers
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us begin.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T '''keys
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt '''and''' T''' keys simultaneously on the keyboard.

Ensure that you have '''root permissions''' to '''run''' the '''commands'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo su - dspace'''
|| Now, we will '''login''' as '''user dspace'''.

Type '''sudo su - dspace'''

If prompted, then type the '''password '''of the''' admin user '''to '''login'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo gedit /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/config/dspace.cfg'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to open '''dspace configuration '''file.

If prompted, type the '''root user password'''.

'''dspace.cfg '''file opens in the '''gedit text editor'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Email settings'''
|| Scroll down and locate the '''Email settings''' section.
|-
|| Slide:''' SMTP Services'''
|| '''DSpace '''requires '''SMTP service''' to send and receive '''emails.'''

'''SMTP''' services like '''Gmail, SendinBlue, SendGrid, Pepipost, Amazon SES '''or '''Mandrill''' can be used.

Additionally, custom '''SMTP''' services can also be set up and used.
|-
|| '''mail.server = smtp.gmail.com'''

|| In this demonstration, I will configure a '''Gmail SMTP mail server.'''

So, first I’ll set the value for '''mail.server''' as '''smtp.gmail.com'''
|-
|| '''mail.server.username =dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

'''mail.server.password =***********'''
|| Next we have to enter a valid '''gmail ID''' for '''mail.server.username.'''

I will use the '''admin’s mail id''', which is dspace.u1@gmail.com

You can also use the same '''email id''' which you gave as your '''admin mail id'''.

The value for '''mail.server.password '''has to be the '''password''' of dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

The typed '''password''' will be visible to everyone.

So I have blurred it for this demonstration.
|-
|| '''Comment '''

'''mail.server.port'''
|| We will use''' gmail’s SMTP port (SSL): 465''', to connect to the '''SMTP server'''.

So, let us disable the default '''SMTP port''' which is 25.

To do so, type '''<nowiki># </nowiki>'''in front of the line '''mail.server.port'''.
|-
|| From Address for mail
|| Now, give a valid '''email address''' for '''mail.from.address.'''

This '''email id''' will be considered as the '''from address''' for the recipients.

Here I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Feedback recipient email
|| Please type a valid''' email address''' for '''feedback.recipient'''

If a '''user''' submits any feedback in '''DSpace''', then those feedback will be sent to this '''email id'''.

Here also I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|-
|| System administrator email
|| We have to give a valid '''email address''' for '''mail.admin.'''

'''System notifications '''and '''administration emails''' will be sent to '''mail.admin address'''.

I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com''' here.
|-
|| '''Mail.extraproperties >> '''remove # symbol
|| Next, we will configure the''' SMTP port''' '''(SSL): 465.'''

Scroll down and locate the line '''<nowiki>#mail.extraproperties.</nowiki>'''

Remove '''<nowiki># </nowiki>'''symbol at the beginning '''mail.extraproperties.'''
|-
|| Remove # symbol
|| Also, remove''' # '''symbol at the beginning of the next two consecutive lines, as shown.
|-
|| Save and close file
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Slide : Rebuild '''DSpace'''
|| Whenever we customize '''DSpace''', it is necessary to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace'''.

'''Rebuild''' process involves
*Compilation of''' source code'''
*Installation of '''Webapp'''
*Deployment of '''DSpace''' on '''Tomcat server'''.

We will prepare a''' shell script''' to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace''', and use it whenever required.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo gedit $HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Open a new file named '''Rebuild-DSpace '''in a '''text editor'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo service tomcat8 stop’’’

'''sleep 5'''

'''cd /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release'''

'''mvn -U clean package’’’

'''cd /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/target/dspace-installer'''

'''ant update'''

'''sleep 5'''

'''sudo service tomcat8 start'''
|| Type the '''shell commands''' as shown in the '''text editor'''.

We have used these '''commands''' in the earlier tutorial to '''build dspace'''.

|-
|| Press Ctrl+S keys
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo chmod 777 $HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to provide '''executable permissions''' to '''Rebuild-DSpace.'''

If prompted, enter the''' admin password''' to proceed further.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Let us '''rebuild''' '''DSpace''' by typing the following '''command'''.

The''' rebuild process''' may take some time depending upon your internet speed.
|-
|| [Terminal] Highlight

'''BUILD SUCCESSFUL'''
|| On successful completion, '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message will appear on the screen.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means we have '''deployed DSpace email configuration''' on '''Tomcat server.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next we have to '''configure''' some '''settings''' in the '''Gmail account''' which we have used.

To access '''Gmail''' through '''DSpace''', '''less secure apps''' in '''Gmail''' '''settings''' should be turned '''ON'''.
|-
|| [browser] Login to gmail as dspace.u1@gmail.com
|| To do so, '''login''' to the respective '''Gmail account''' which we have typed in the '''Email settings''' of '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| [browser] Type the url:

[https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps]
|| Then in the '''address bar''', type the '''URL '''as shown.

|-
|| [browser] Turn the toggle on for Allow less secure apps
|| Turn '''ON '''the '''toggle '''button for '''Allow less secure apps.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We have done the required '''configurations'''.

Now let us send a '''test mail'''.

To do so, go to the '''terminal.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace test-email'''
|| Then type this '''command''' to send a '''test email'''.

'''Test email''' will be sent to the '''mail id '''which was set in '''mail.admin '''in '''dspace.cfg '''file.
|-
|| [Browser] Open the gmail account
|| Let us cross verify this.

Switch to the '''browser''' where our '''mail account''' is logged in.

Now check the '''Inbox''' for new mail.
|-
|| [Browser] Point to the DSpace test mail
|| Here is the '''DSpace test email.'''

We have successfully '''configured''' the '''mail configuration''' and also sent a '''test mail''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Logout from gmail
|| Once done, '''sign out''' from the '''Gmail account. '''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide Summary

|| In this tutorial we learnt to
*Configure '''email''' for '''DSpace'''
*Prepare a '''shell script''' to '''rebuild DSpace '''and
*Sent '''test email''' from '''DSpace'''

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this '''Forum'''.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

This is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/User-Registration-in-DSpace/English

2020-06-01T07:56:25Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: User Registration in DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace users, EPerson, DSpace User Registration, EPerson Profile, Administrator, Community Administrator, Collection Administrator, Submitter, Reviewer'''

{| border ="1"
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this '''spoken tutorial''' on '''User Registration''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* '''Register''' a '''user''' in '''DSpace'''
* Crossverify '''user registration'''
* Edit '''user profile '''and
* Distinguish between different '''users''' in '''DSpace'''

|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3 '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''
However you may use any other web '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace 6.3''' on your system.
* '''Tomcat '''server should be running
* A working internet connection should be available

|-
|| Slide : Pre-requisites
||
* Configured '''Email settings''' in '''DSpace'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.

|-
|| Slide: Users in '''DSpace'''
|| Let us understand the different '''user roles''' in '''DSpace'''.

'''DSpace''' has the following '''user roles'''.

* '''Administrator'''
* '''Anonymous'''
* '''EPerson'''
* '''Community''' '''Administrator'''
* '''Collection''' '''Administrator'''
* '''Submitter '''and
* '''Reviewer'''

We will learn about these '''roles''' in detail later in this tutorial.
|-
|| Narration Only
|| First let us proceed for '''user''' registration in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Open Web Browser
|| Open a web '''browser'''.
|-
|| '''Address Bar >> localhost:8080'''
|| In the '''address bar''' type '''localhost:8080 '''and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Sign on to '''tab
|| In the '''DSpace''' interface, click on the '''Sign on to '''tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''My DSpace'''
|| Select '''My DSpace''' from drop-down.
|-
|| Click on '''New user? Click here to register'''
|| In the '''Log In to DSpace''' section, click on link''' New user? Click here to register.'''
|-
|| '''User Registration''' form

Enter''' E-mail address'''
|| This will take us to the '''User Registration''' page.

Type a valid email ID in the '''E-mail address''' field.

For this demonstration, I will type dspace.u2@gmail.com
|-
|| Click on the '''Register '''button
|| Then click on the '''Register''' button in the '''User Registration''' form.
|-
|| Point to '''Registration Email Sent'''
|| If the '''email id '''is valid, then we get a message, “'''Registration Email Sent'''”.

Before creating an '''account''', '''DSpace''' verifies the '''email ID'''.
|-
|| '''Open New tab in the browser'''
|| Now, let us proceed for '''email '''verification.

Open a new tab in the '''web browser'''.

'''Log '''into the '''email account''' which you used for the registration.
|-
|| Show''' Gmail''' login interface
|| I will '''log in''' to the '''mail account dspace.u2@gmail.com
|-
|| Locate mail '''DSpace Account Registration'''

|| In the '''Inbox''', locate the mail with the subject '''“DSpace Account Registration”.'''

It may take some time to get a '''“DSpace Account Registration” email'''.
|-
|| Only narration
|| If you can’t find the mail in the '''Inbox''', you can check in the other mail folders.
|-
|| Open''' DSpace Account Registration''' Email
|| Open the '''DSpace Account Registration email'''.
|-
|| Highlight Registration link

http://localhost:8080/register?token=1447db78285ca239fa41d3c402459b80

|| The '''account registration''' mail contains a '''registration link.'''
|-
|| Highlight '''Token''' number in Registration link
|| You will receive a different token number in the '''registration link''' as compared to mine.
|-
|| Click on Registration link
|| Click on the '''registration link''' provided in the '''email'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| If you are accessing '''DSpace''' from a remote machine, type the remote machine '''IP''' instead of the '''localhost'''.
|-
|| Registration Information form
|| The '''Registration Information''' form opens in the '''DSpace''' interface.

The fields marked with an '''asterisk''' are mandatory.
|-
|| '''Enter Firstname, Lastname'''

'''First name = Pankaj'''

'''Last name = Patil'''
|| I have typed the values for '''Firstname''' and '''Lastname''' as '''Pankaj Patil'''.
|-
|| Point to Contact telephone and Language
|| Leave the field '''Contact telephone''' as blank.

And keep the value for the '''Language''' field as '''English'''.
|-
|| Enter Password

Password : '''u2pass'''
|| Next, we have to set a '''password''' for the '''user Pankaj Patil '''in the '''Password''' field.

I will type '''u2pass.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| The length of the '''Password''' must be at least 6 characters long.
|-
|| Re-enter Password

Password : '''u2pass'''
|| Re-type the same '''password''' in the field '''Again to Confirm'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Complete Registration '''button
|| Once you have filled the form, click on the '''Complete Registration '''button.
|-
|| Point to '''Registration Complete'''
|| If''' '''the '''form '''is filled''' '''correctly, we will get a message, “'''Registration Complete”'''.
|-
|| Narration only
|| The '''user''' is now successfully '''registered''' in '''DSpace'''.

Let us try to '''login''' with the newly '''registered user'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Sign on to '''tab
|| Click on '''Sign on to '''tab at the top right corner.
|-
|| Select '''My DSpace'''
|| Select '''My DSpace''' from the drop-down.

'''Log in to DSpace''' form opens.
|-
|| '''Log in to DSpace''' form

E-mail Address : dspace.u2@gmail.com

Password : '''u2pass'''
|| Type the '''Email Address''' and '''Password''' for the newly '''registered user'''. i.e.''' Pankaj Patil.'''

And then click on the '''Login''' button.

|-
|| Point to the '''DSpace '''page for''' '''user '''Pankaj Patil'''
|| '''My DSpace''' page appears.

That means the '''user registration''' in '''DSpace''' is successful.
|-
|| Only narration
|| '''DSpace''' offers the '''Edit profile''' feature to all '''registered users'''.

Let us proceed to edit the '''profile''' of '''user dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Click on drop down''' '''next to '''Logged in as dspace.u2@gmail.com'''
|| At the top right corner, click on the drop-down next to the text '''“Logged in as dspace.u2@gmail.com”.'''
|-
|| Select''' Edit Profile'''
|| Then select '''Edit Profile''' from the drop-down.

'''Edit Your Profile''' page appears.
|-
|| Highlight each field
|| The '''user''' can edit '''First Name, Last Name, Contact telephone, Password''' etc.
|-
|| Update '''Last Name'''

'''Last Name''' : '''Kumar'''
|| Let me update the '''Last Name''' as shown.

Ensure that all the details are correct.
|-
|| click '''Update Profile''' button
|| Then click on the '''Update Profile''' button at the bottom of the page.
|-
|| Point to “'''Profile Updated” '''message
|| On successful updation, we will get a message “'''Profile Updated”.'''
|-
|| '''Logout from DSpace'''
|| Let us '''logout''' this '''user '''from '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| Slide: '''Role for Registered User'''
|| So far, we have successfully '''registered''' a '''user''' and edited his '''profile'''.

By default, all the '''users''' who are '''registered''' in '''DSpace''' are assigned to the '''role EPerson'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''EPerson'''
|| '''EPerson''' is a '''registered user''' of '''DSpace.'''

'''EPerson'''
* Can view '''items''' which are published publicly.
* Can upload '''items''' in the authorized '''Collection'''.

|-
|| Slide : '''EPerson'''
||
* Can also be assigned some other '''roles''' in '''DSpace'''.
* For eg: '''Administrator, Community Administrator, Collection Administrator, Submitter, '''and''' Reviewer.'''

|-
|| Slide: '''Anonymous User'''
|| '''Anonymous users '''
* Are not '''registered users''' in '''DSpace'''.
* They can view '''items''' which are published publicly.
* But they cannot upload '''items''' and
* They don’t have any authority in '''DSpace.'''

|-
|| Slide: '''Administrator'''
|| '''Administrator users''' can manage '''EPersons''', '''communities''', '''Collections''', '''items''', and other '''administrative''' activities.
|-
|| Slide: '''Community Administrator'''
|| '''Community Administrator''' manages the authorized '''communities''' in '''DSpace. '''
|-
|| Slide:''' Collection Administrator'''
|| '''Collection Administrator '''manages the authorized '''Collections''' in '''DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: '''Submitter'''
|| '''Submitter''' can upload '''items''' in the authorized '''Collections'''.
|-
|| Slide: '''Reviewer'''
|| And, '''Reviewer''' can review the '''items''' in the authorized '''Collections'''.
|-
||
|| We will be learning more about these roles in later tutorials.
|-
|| Narration only
|| With this we have come to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarise.
|-
||Slide: Summary

|| In this tutorial we learnt to :
* '''Register''' a '''user''' in '''DSpace'''
* Crossverify '''user registration'''
* Edit '''user profile '''and
* Distinguish between different''' users''' in '''DSpace'''

|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment, register two new users with unique email IDs in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

This is '''Nancy Varky '''signing off. Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Customization-of-DSpace-Home-page-on-Ubuntu-Linux-OS/English

2020-06-01T07:36:04Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script: Customization of DSpace Home Page'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace Customization, Home page customization, Dspace Logo, DSpace Banner, DSpace news'''

{| border ="1"
|-
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''
| align=center| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Customization of''' '''DSpace home page.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to
* Change '''DSpace''' '''logos'''
* Modify the '''DSpace''' '''banner''' and
* Update the '''News''' sections

|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
* '''DSpace version 6.3'''
* '''gedit''' '''text editor '''and
* '''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any other '''text editor''' or '''browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have
* Installed '''DSpace version 6.3''' on your system
* '''Tomcat''' service running
* '''Administrator''' authority in '''DSpace '''and
* A working internet connection

|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| Pre-requisites:
* You should be familiar with basic '''Linux''' commands and '''HTML tags'''
* If not then please go through the prerequisite tutorials on this website.

|-
|| Slide: Code Files
|| The '''files''' and '''commands''' used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.

Please download and extract the files before practicing.
|-
|| Slide : '''DSpace''' Customization
||
* '''DSpace''' is a highly customizable '''software application'''.
* We can customize the '''DSpace user''' interface and its behaviour as per our preference.

|-
|| Slide : '''DSpace''' UI Customization
|| The '''user''' interface of '''DSpace''' can be modified for
* Branding of a '''repository'''
* Communicate vision, mission of the organization
* Enhance aesthetics and usability
* Present tool tip or help to use

Now, let us understand the different sections of the '''DSpace''' '''home page.'''
|-
|| Open Web Browser

Address Bar >> '''localhost:8080'''

|| Open a '''web browser'''.

In the '''address bar''', type '''localhost:8080''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''DSpace''' interface opens.
|-
|| Point to different portions in''' DSpace home page'''
|| We have a '''Navigation bar logo''' located at the top-left corner.

Below that we have the '''Banner''' section.

The''' DSpace logo''' is located next to the '''banner'''.
|-
|| Point to different portions in''' DSpace home page'''
|| Below the '''banner''' section, we have a green color bar called '''breadcrumb bar'''.

Below the '''breadcrumb bar, '''we have''' Top News '''and''' sidebar news '''sections.
|-
|| Slide: '''DSpace Navbar logo'''

Name: '''dspace-logo-only.png'''

Location: '''/home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace-jspui/src/main/webapp/image'''.

Dimensions: '''25 x 25 pixels'''.
|| Let us begin with the customization of the '''DSpace Navigation bar logo'''.

These are the properties for the '''logo'''.

We will replace this default '''logo''' with the new one.

Make sure that the new '''logo''' has the same properties, if you are using your own logo.
|-
|| '''Ctrl+Alt+T keys'''
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt '''and '''T''' keys together.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards please press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''cd Downloads'''
|| Go to the folder where you downloaded the images.

Mine is in the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''sudo mv dimages/* /home/dspace/'''
|| Then we will move the '''logos''' folder to the '''DSpace user’s Home''' folder.

To do so, we will type the '''command''' as shown.

If prompted, type the '''admin password''' and press '''Enter.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''sudo su - dspace'''
|| Now, login as '''dspace user''' by typing '''sudo su - dspace'''.

If prompted, type the '''admin password''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Slide : '''DSpace''' source code
|| The '''source code''' for '''DSpace''' is located in the '''dspace-6.3-src-release '''directory.

If we wish to customize '''DSpace''', then we have to make changes in this directory.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''cd dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace-jspui/src/main/webapp/image'''
|| We will first change the current '''working directory''' to the '''DSpace Image '''directory.

So, on the '''terminal''', type the '''command''' shown here.

|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''sudo mv dspace-logo-only.png dspace-logo-only-old.png'''
|| Let us rename the default '''DSpace navigation bar logo '''for''' '''backup purposes.

To do so, we will type the '''command''' as shown here.

If prompted, type the '''dspace user password''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''cp $HOME/dspace-logo-only.png .'''
|| My new '''logo '''is in the '''Home''' directory of '''dspace user''' on my machine.

Let us copy and paste that inside the '''DSpace''' '''image''' directory.

To do so, I will type the '''command''' as shown here.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''

|| Next we have to '''rebuild DSpace''' to update these changes.

To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.

'''Rebuild''' process will take some time depending upon your internet speed.
|-
|| [Terminal] Highlight '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL''' message
|| On successful completion, '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL message '''will be displayed.
|-
|| Refresh''' DSpace Home page'''
|| Now, switch to the '''browser''' and refresh the page.

Observe the change - the old '''Navigation bar''' '''logo''' is replaced with the new one.
|-
|| Only narration
|| In case, if you can’t see the updated '''logo''', kindly clear the '''cache''' and refresh the page.
|-
|| '''Slide''' : DSpace logo

Name: '''logo.gif'''

Location: '''/home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace-jspui/src/main/webapp/image'''

Dimensions: '''165 x 132 pixels'''.
|| Next let us try to add our '''logo''' instead of the '''DSpace logo''' next to the '''banner''' section.

These are the properties of the '''logo'''.

We will replace this default '''logo''' with our own '''logo'''.

Make sure that the new '''logo''' has the same properties, if you are using your own '''logo'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''sudo mv logo.gif logo-old.gif'''
|| Let us rename the existing '''logo''' for backup purposes.

To do so, type the '''command''' as shown in the '''terminal'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''cp $HOME/logo.gif .'''
|| Copy the new '''logo''' from '''Home''' directory of '''dspace''' user to '''DSpace''' '''Image''' directory.

To do so, type the '''command''' as shown here.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Now, '''rebuild DSpace''' to update the changes.

The '''build''' is successful as indicated by the success message.
|-
|| Refresh''' DSpace Home page'''
|| Now, switch to the '''browser''' and refresh the page.

Observe the change.

The '''DSpace logo''' next to the '''banner''' section is replaced with the new one.
|-
|| Point to''' DSpace banner '''
|| The''' DSpace banner''' is used for branding of repositories.

Let us proceed to modify the '''banner''' content now.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''sudo gedit /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace-api/src/main/resources/Messages.properties'''
|| '''Messages.properties '''is a file, which contains '''user interface''' text of '''DSpace'''.

Let us open this file.

To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.
|-
|| Show '''Messages.properties '''file
|| '''Messages.properties '''file contains '''Key Value''' pairs.

'''Keys''' are referenced from '''jsp''' files and the corresponding '''value''' is rendered in '''UI'''.
|-
|| Banner Heading Text

'''jsp.layout.header-default.brand.heading = IITB Repository'''
|| Scroll down and locate the '''key '''

'''jsp.layout.header-default.brand.heading '''

Change its default '''value''' to '''IITB Repository'''.

Basic '''HTML tags''' such as '''heading''' can be used to write '''value'''.
|-
|| '''jsp.layout.header-default.brand.heading = <b> IITB Repository </b>'''
|| If you wish to display the text in a stylish way, we can use those '''html tags''' also.

For example, I can type the '''value''' as shown.
|-
|| '''<h3> IITB Digital Repository is the collection of digital assets </h3>'''

|| Now locate the '''key''' '''jsp.layout.header-default.brand.description '''

Change its default value as shown.
|-
|| Save and close
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| [Terminal] Type:

'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Now, '''rebuild''' '''DSpace''' to update the changes.

'''Build '''is successful as indicated by the on-screen message.
|-
|| Refresh''' DSpace Home page'''
|| Now, switch to the '''browser''' and refresh the page.

Observe the change.

The '''banner section''' content is updated.
|-
|| Point to '''Top and Sidebar news on Home Page'''
|| '''Top news''' and '''Sidebar news''' are used to display updates and news about the '''Repository'''.

We will edit these in the front end itself with the help of an '''administrator'''.
|-
|| Log in to '''DSpace'''

'''Mail address: dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

'''Password: u1pass'''
|| Click on the '''Sign on to '''button at the top right corner.

From the drop-down, select '''My DSpace.'''

Log into '''DSpace''' with your '''administrator’s email address '''and''' password'''.

For this demonstration, I will log in with the '''administrator’s email id dspace.u1@gmail.com.

'''My DSpace''' page appears on the screen.
|-
|| Select''' Administer'''
|| Click on the down arrow at the top right corner next to the '''admin’s mail id.'''

Then select '''Administer'''.
|-
|| '''General Settings > Edit News'''
|| We will be redirected to the '''admin''' interface.

On the top '''navigation bar''', click on '''General Settings''' menu

Then select '''Edit News '''from drop-down.
|-
|| Select '''Top News'''
|| Select '''Top News''' in the '''News Editor''' section to edit '''Top News.'''
|-
|| Click on '''Edit '''button
|| Click on the '''Edit '''button.
|-
|| Point to''' News Editor'''
|| '''News Editor''' page opens for the '''Top News''' with default '''DSpace Top News.'''

You can use '''HTML''' '''tags''' in the '''News Editor.'''
|-
|| '''<p>Welcome to IITB digital repository!</p>'''
|| I am updating the '''Top News''' as shown.
|-
|| Click on '''Save '''button
|| Click on the '''Save''' button.
|-
|| Select''' Sidebar News '''and click on''' Edit '''button

Update the '''Sidebar News'''

'''<p>Explore IITB digital repository and Enhance learning.</p>'''
|| Likewise, I will edit the '''sidebar news'''.
|-
|| Save '''Sidebar News'''
|| Click on the '''Save''' button.
|-
|| Click on''' Home Tab'''
|| In the top '''navigation bar''', click on the menu '''Home.'''

The''' Top News '''and''' Sidebar News '''section for the '''DSpace home page''' is updated.
|-
|| Only narration
|| LIkewise, we can customise our '''DSpace home page''' based on our needs.
|-
||
|| '''Logout''' from '''DSpace''' interface.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

Logout [enter]
|| Switch to the '''terminal.'''

Type '''logout''' to exit from '''DSpace user login'''.
|-
||
|| With this we have come to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide: Summary

|| In this tutorial we learnt to :
* Change '''DSpace logos'''
* Modify '''DSpace banner''' and
* Update news sections.

|-
|| Slide: Assignment
|| As an assignment
* Change '''Navbar logo '''and '''DSpace logo'''
* Modify the '''DSpace banner''' content

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|- style="background-color:#ffffff;border:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.176cm;"
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| The''' Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

And this is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thanks for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Email-configuration-for-DSpace-on-Ubuntu-Linux-OS/English

2020-06-01T07:12:46Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Email Configuration for DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace Rebuild, DSpace Email Configuration, dspace.cfg, Rebuild script, DSpace gmail configuration'''

{| border = “1”
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Email Configuration for DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to

*Configure an '''email '''for '''DSpace'''
*Prepare a '''shell script''' to '''rebuild DSpace'''
*Send a '''test email''' from '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using

*'''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
*'''DSpace version 6.3'''
*'''gedit text editor''' and
*'''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any other '''text editor''' or''' browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial,

*You should have installed '''DSpace 6.3 '''and
*You should have a working internet connection.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| Pre-requisites:

*You should have familiarity with basic '''Linux commands'''.
*If not then go through the prerequisite '''Linux '''tutorials on this website.

|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
*The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
*Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''gedit''' text editor and open the file
|| I have opened the '''code file''' in the '''gedit text editor''' on my machine.

And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.

Shortcut to paste on the '''terminal''' is '''Shift, Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Slide : Necessity of Email Configuration
|| In '''DSpace''' we have to '''configure''' the '''email settings''' to send '''emails''' from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Slide : Necessity of Email Configuration
|| '''DSpace''' sends '''emails''' to the '''users''' for various activities such as *'''Email verification''' during '''registration'''
*Notification '''emails''' during '''Item submission '''and''' review'''
*Getting '''Dspace user’s feedback '''and
*Notifications to '''Community and Collection''' subscribers
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us begin.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T '''keys
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt '''and''' T''' keys simultaneously on the keyboard.

Ensure that you have '''root permissions''' to '''run''' the '''commands'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo su - dspace'''
|| Now, we will '''login''' as '''user dspace'''.

Type '''sudo su - dspace'''

If prompted, then type the '''password '''of the''' admin user '''to '''login'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo gedit /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/config/dspace.cfg'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to open '''dspace configuration '''file.

If prompted, type the '''root user password'''.

'''dspace.cfg '''file opens in the '''gedit text editor'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Email settings'''
|| Scroll down and locate the '''Email settings''' section.
|-
|| Slide:''' SMTP Services'''
|| '''DSpace '''requires '''SMTP service''' to send and receive '''emails.'''

'''SMTP''' services like '''Gmail, SendinBlue, SendGrid, Pepipost, Amazon SES '''or '''Mandrill''' can be used.

Additionally, custom '''SMTP''' services can also be set up and used.
|-
|| '''mail.server = smtp.gmail.com'''

|| In this demonstration, I will configure a '''Gmail SMTP mail server.'''

So, first I’ll set the value for '''mail.server''' as '''smtp.gmail.com'''
|-
|| '''mail.server.username =dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

'''mail.server.password =d$pace2019*'''
|| Next we have to enter a valid '''gmail ID''' for '''mail.server.username.'''

I will use the '''admin’s mail id''', which is [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]

You can also use the same '''email id''' which you gave as your '''admin mail id'''.

The value for '''mail.server.password '''has to be the '''password''' of [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com].'''

The typed '''password''' will be visible to everyone.

So I have blurred it for this demonstration.
|-
|| '''Comment '''

'''mail.server.port'''
|| We will use''' gmail’s SMTP port (SSL): 465''', to connect to the '''SMTP server'''.

So, let us disable the default '''SMTP port''' which is 25.

To do so, type '''<nowiki># </nowiki>'''in front of the line '''mail.server.port'''.
|-
|| From Address for mail
|| Now, give a valid '''email address''' for '''mail.from.address.'''

This '''email id''' will be considered as the '''from address''' for the recipients.

Here I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Feedback recipient email
|| Please type a valid''' email address''' for '''feedback.recipient'''

If a '''user''' submits any feedback in '''DSpace''', then those feedback will be sent to this '''email id'''.

Here also I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|-
|| System administrator email
|| We have to give a valid '''email address''' for '''mail.admin.'''

'''System notifications '''and '''administration emails''' will be sent to '''mail.admin address'''.

I will type the value as [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com] '''here.
|-
|| '''Mail.extraproperties >> '''remove # symbol
|| Next, we will configure the''' SMTP port''' '''(SSL): 465.'''

Scroll down and locate the line '''<nowiki>#mail.extraproperties.</nowiki>'''

Remove '''<nowiki># </nowiki>'''symbol at the beginning '''mail.extraproperties.'''
|-
|| Remove # symbol
|| Also, remove''' # '''symbol at the beginning of the next two consecutive lines, as shown.
|-
|| Save and close file
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Slide : Rebuild '''DSpace'''
|| Whenever we customize '''DSpace''', it is necessary to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace'''.

'''Rebuild''' process involves*Compilation of''' source code'''
*Installation of '''Webapp'''
*Deployment of '''DSpace''' on '''Tomcat server'''.

We will prepare a''' shell script''' to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace''', and use it whenever required.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo gedit $HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Open a new file named '''Rebuild-DSpace '''in a '''text editor'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo service tomcat8 stop’’’

'''sleep 5'''

'''cd /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release'''

'''mvn -U clean package’’’

'''cd /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/target/dspace-installer'''

'''ant update'''

'''sleep 5'''

'''sudo service tomcat8 start'''
|| Type the '''shell commands''' as shown in the '''text editor'''.

We have used these '''commands''' in the earlier tutorial to '''build dspace'''.

|-
|| Press Ctrl+S keys
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo chmod 777 $HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to provide '''executable permissions''' to '''Rebuild-DSpace.'''

If prompted, enter the''' admin password''' to proceed further.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Let us '''rebuild''' '''DSpace''' by typing the following '''command'''.

The''' rebuild process''' may take some time depending upon your internet speed.
|-
|| [Terminal] Highlight

'''BUILD SUCCESSFUL'''
|| On successful completion, '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message will appear on the screen.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means we have '''deployed DSpace email configuration''' on '''Tomcat server.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next we have to '''configure''' some '''settings''' in the '''Gmail account''' which we have used.

To access '''gmail''' through '''DSpace''', '''less secure apps''' in '''gmail''' '''settings''' should be turned '''ON'''.
|-
|| [browser] Login to gmail as dspace.u1@gmail.com
|| To do so, '''login''' to the respective '''gmail account''' which we have typed in the '''Email settings''' of '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| [browser] Type the url:

[https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps]
|| Then in the '''address bar''', type the '''URL '''as shown.

|-
|| [browser] Turn the toggle on for Allow less secure apps
|| Turn '''ON '''the '''toggle '''button for '''Allow less secure apps.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We have done the required '''configurations'''.

Now let us send a '''test mail'''.

To do so, go to the '''terminal.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace test-email'''
|| Then type this '''command''' to send a '''test email'''.

'''Test email''' will be sent to the '''mail id '''which was set in '''mail.admin '''in '''dspace.cfg '''file.
|-
|| [Browser] Open the gmail account
|| Let us cross verify this.

Switch to the '''browser''' where our '''mail account''' is logged in.

Now check the '''Inbox''' for new mail.
|-
|| [Browser] Point to the DSpace test mail
|| Here is the '''DSpace test email.'''

We have successfully '''configured''' the '''mail configuration''' and also sent a '''test mail''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Logout from gmail
|| Once done, '''sign out''' from the '''gmail account. '''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide Summary

|| In this tutorial we learnt to*Configure '''email''' for '''DSpace'''
*Prepare a '''shell script''' to '''rebuild DSpace '''and
*Sent '''test email''' from '''DSpace'''

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this '''Forum'''.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

This is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

DSpace/C2/Email-configuration-for-DSpace-on-Ubuntu-Linux-OS/English

2020-06-01T07:11:37Z

Pankajpatil694:

'''Script : Email Configuration for DSpace'''

'''Author : Pankaj Patil'''

'''Keywords: DSpace Rebuild, DSpace Email Configuration, dspace.cfg, Rebuild script, DSpace gmail configuration'''

{| border = “1”
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| Slide: Title
|| Welcome to this '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Email Configuration for DSpace.'''
|-
|| Slide: Learning Objectives
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to

*Configure an '''email '''for '''DSpace'''
*Prepare a '''shell script''' to '''rebuild DSpace'''
*Send a '''test email''' from '''DSpace'''
|-
|| Slide: System requirements
|| This tutorial is recorded using

*'''Ubuntu Linux OS 18.04'''
*'''DSpace version 6.3'''
*'''gedit text editor''' and
*'''Firefox web browser'''

However you may use any other '''text editor''' or''' browser''' of your choice.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| To practice this tutorial,

*You should have installed '''DSpace 6.3 '''and
*You should have a working internet connection.
|-
|| Slide: Pre-requisites
|| Pre-requisites:

*You should have familiarity with basic '''Linux commands'''.
*If not then go through the prerequisite '''Linux '''tutorials on this website.

|-
|| Slide : Code files
||
*The '''commands''' used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files '''link on this tutorial page.
*Please download and extract the file before practicing.
|-
|| Switch to '''gedit''' text editor and open the file
|| I have opened the '''code file''' in the '''gedit text editor''' on my machine.

And I will use the same file to copy-paste the '''commands''' during the demonstration.

Shortcut to paste on the '''terminal''' is '''Shift, Ctrl '''and '''V '''keys'''.'''
|-
|| Slide : Necessity of Email Configuration
|| In '''DSpace''' we have to '''configure''' the '''email settings''' to send '''emails''' from '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Slide : Necessity of Email Configuration
|| '''DSpace''' sends '''emails''' to the '''users''' for various activities such as *'''Email verification''' during '''registration'''
*Notification '''emails''' during '''Item submission '''and''' review'''
*Getting '''Dspace user’s feedback '''and
*Notifications to '''Community and Collection''' subscribers
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Let us begin.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T '''keys
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt '''and''' T''' keys simultaneously on the keyboard.

Ensure that you have '''root permissions''' to '''run''' the '''commands'''.
|-
|| Only Narration
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo su - dspace'''
|| Now, we will '''login''' as '''user dspace'''.

Type '''sudo su - dspace'''

If prompted, then type the '''password '''of the''' admin user '''to '''login'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo gedit /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/config/dspace.cfg'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to open '''dspace configuration '''file.

If prompted, type the '''root user password'''.

'''dspace.cfg '''file opens in the '''gedit text editor'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Email settings'''
|| Scroll down and locate the '''Email settings''' section.
|-
|| Slide:''' SMTP Services'''
|| '''DSpace '''requires '''SMTP service''' to send and receive '''emails.'''

'''SMTP''' services like '''Gmail, SendinBlue, SendGrid, Pepipost, Amazon SES '''or '''Mandrill''' can be used.

Additionally, custom '''SMTP''' services can also be set up and used.
|-
|| '''mail.server = smtp.gmail.com'''

|| In this demonstration, I will configure a '''Gmail SMTP mail server.'''

So, first I’ll set the value for '''mail.server''' as '''smtp.gmail.com'''
|-
|| '''mail.server.username =dspace.u1@gmail.com'''

'''mail.server.password =d$pace2019*'''
|| Next we have to enter a valid '''gmail ID''' for '''mail.server.username.'''

I will use the '''admin’s mail id''', which is [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com]

You can also use the same '''email id''' which you gave as your '''admin mail id'''.

The value for '''mail.server.password '''has to be the '''password''' of [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com].'''

The typed '''password''' will be visible to everyone.

So I have blurred it for this demonstration.
|-
|| '''Comment '''

'''mail.server.port'''
|| We will use''' gmail’s SMTP port (SSL): 465''', to connect to the '''SMTP server'''.

So, let us disable the default '''SMTP port''' which is 25.

To do so, type '''<nowiki># </nowiki>'''in front of the line '''mail.server.port'''.
|-
|| From Address for mail
|| Now, give a valid '''email address''' for '''mail.from.address.'''

This '''email id''' will be considered as the '''from address''' for the recipients.

Here I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|-
|| Feedback recipient email
|| Please type a valid''' email address''' for '''feedback.recipient'''

If a '''user''' submits any feedback in '''DSpace''', then those feedback will be sent to this '''email id'''.

Here also I will type the value as '''dspace.u1@gmail.com'''
|-
|| System administrator email
|| We have to give a valid '''email address''' for '''mail.admin.'''

'''System notifications '''and '''administration emails''' will be sent to '''mail.admin address'''.

I will type the value as [mailto:dspace.u1@gmail.com dspace.u1@gmail.com] '''here.
|-
|| '''Mail.extraproperties >> '''remove # symbol
|| Next, we will configure the''' SMTP port''' '''(SSL): 465.'''

Scroll down and locate the line '''<nowiki>#mail.extraproperties.</nowiki>'''

Remove '''<nowiki># </nowiki>'''symbol at the beginning '''mail.extraproperties.'''
|-
|| Remove # symbol
|| Also, remove''' # '''symbol at the beginning of the next two consecutive lines, as shown.
|-
|| Save and close file
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| Slide : Rebuild '''DSpace'''
|| Whenever we customize '''DSpace''', it is necessary to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace'''.

'''Rebuild''' process involves*Compilation of''' source code'''
*Installation of '''Webapp'''
*Deployment of '''DSpace''' on '''Tomcat server'''.

We will prepare a''' shell script''' to '''rebuild''' '''DSpace''', and use it whenever required.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo gedit $HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Open a new file named '''Rebuild-DSpace '''in a '''text editor'''.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo service tomcat8 stop’’’

'''sleep 5'''

'''cd /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release'''

'''mvn -U clean package’’’

'''cd /home/dspace/dspace-6.3-src-release/dspace/target/dspace-installer'''

'''ant update'''

'''sleep 5'''

'''sudo service tomcat8 start'''
|| Type the '''shell commands''' as shown in the '''text editor'''.

We have used these '''commands''' in the earlier tutorial to '''build dspace'''.

|-
|| Press Ctrl+S keys
|| Save and close the file.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo chmod 777 $HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to provide '''executable permissions''' to '''Rebuild-DSpace.'''

If prompted, enter the''' admin password''' to proceed further.
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''$HOME/Rebuild-DSpace'''
|| Let us '''rebuild''' '''DSpace''' by typing the following '''command'''.

The''' rebuild process''' may take some time depending upon your internet speed.
|-
|| [Terminal] Highlight

'''BUILD SUCCESSFUL'''
|| On successful completion, '''BUILD SUCCESSFUL '''message will appear on the screen.
|-
|| Narration only
|| This means we have '''deployed DSpace email configuration''' on '''Tomcat server.'''
|-
|| Narration only
|| Next we have to '''configure''' some '''settings''' in the '''Gmail account''' which we have used.

To access '''gmail''' through '''DSpace''', '''less secure apps''' in '''gmail''' '''settings''' should be turned '''ON'''.
|-
|| [browser] Login to gmail as dspace.u1@gmail.com
|| To do so, '''login''' to the respective '''gmail account''' which we have typed in the '''Email settings''' of '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| [browser] Type the url:

[https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps]
|| Then in the '''address bar''', type the '''URL '''as shown.

|-
|| [browser] Turn the toggle on for Allow less secure apps
|| Turn '''ON '''the '''toggle '''button for '''Allow less secure apps.'''
|-
|| Only narration
|| We have done the required '''configurations'''.

Now let us send a '''test mail'''.

To do so, go to the '''terminal.'''
|-
|| [Terminal] type:

'''sudo $HOME/dspace-install/bin/dspace test-email'''
|| Then type this '''command''' to send a '''test email'''.

'''Test email''' will be sent to the '''mail id '''which was set in '''mail.admin '''in '''dspace.cfg '''file.
|-
|| [Browser] Open the gmail account
|| Let us cross verify this.

Switch to the '''browser''' where our '''mail account''' is logged in.

Now check the '''Inbox''' for new mail.
|-
|| [Browser] Point to the DSpace test mail
|| Here is the '''DSpace test email.'''

We have successfully '''configured''' the '''mail configuration''' and also sent a '''test mail''' in '''DSpace'''.
|-
|| Logout from gmail
|| Once done, '''sign out''' from the '''gmail account. '''
|-
|| Only Narration
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.

Let us summarize.
|-
|| Slide Summary

|| In this tutorial we learnt to
*Configure '''email''' for '''DSpace'''
*Prepare a '''shell script''' to '''rebuild DSpace '''and
*Sent '''test email''' from '''DSpace'''

|-
|| Slide : About Spoken Tutorial project
|| The video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial project.'''

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| Slide : Spoken Tutorial workshops

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| Slide: Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial
|| Please post your timed queries in this '''Forum'''.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -I
|| '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
|| Slide: Acknowledgement -II

|| '''DSpace spoken tutorial''' series is funded by the National Virtual Library of India, Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
|-
|| Narration only

|| This script and video for this tutorial was contributed by '''Pankaj Patil''' from''' IIT Bombay.'''

This is '''Nancy Varkey '''signing off. Thank you for joining.
|-
|}